1 //===--- SemaExprCXX.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions --------------===//
2 //
3 //                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4 //
5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7 //
8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9 ///
10 /// \file
11 /// \brief Implements semantic analysis for C++ expressions.
12 ///
13 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
14 
15 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
16 #include "TreeTransform.h"
17 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h"
18 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
19 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h"
20 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
21 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
22 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
23 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
24 #include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
25 #include "clang/AST/RecursiveASTVisitor.h"
26 #include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h"
27 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
28 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
29 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
30 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
31 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h"
32 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
33 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h"
34 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
35 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
36 #include "clang/Sema/SemaLambda.h"
37 #include "clang/Sema/TemplateDeduction.h"
38 #include "llvm/ADT/APInt.h"
39 #include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
40 #include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h"
41 using namespace clang;
42 using namespace sema;
43 
44 /// \brief Handle the result of the special case name lookup for inheriting
45 /// constructor declarations. 'NS::X::X' and 'NS::X<...>::X' are treated as
46 /// constructor names in member using declarations, even if 'X' is not the
47 /// name of the corresponding type.
48 ParsedType Sema::getInheritingConstructorName(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
49                                               SourceLocation NameLoc,
50                                               IdentifierInfo &Name) {
51   NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = SS.getScopeRep();
52 
53   // Convert the nested-name-specifier into a type.
54   QualType Type;
55   switch (NNS->getKind()) {
56   case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec:
57   case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate:
58     Type = QualType(NNS->getAsType(), 0);
59     break;
60 
61   case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier:
62     // Strip off the last layer of the nested-name-specifier and build a
63     // typename type for it.
64     assert(NNS->getAsIdentifier() == &Name && "not a constructor name");
65     Type = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, NNS->getPrefix(),
66                                         NNS->getAsIdentifier());
67     break;
68 
69   case NestedNameSpecifier::Global:
70   case NestedNameSpecifier::Super:
71   case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace:
72   case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias:
73     llvm_unreachable("Nested name specifier is not a type for inheriting ctor");
74   }
75 
76   // This reference to the type is located entirely at the location of the
77   // final identifier in the qualified-id.
78   return CreateParsedType(Type,
79                           Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Type, NameLoc));
80 }
81 
82 ParsedType Sema::getDestructorName(SourceLocation TildeLoc,
83                                    IdentifierInfo &II,
84                                    SourceLocation NameLoc,
85                                    Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
86                                    ParsedType ObjectTypePtr,
87                                    bool EnteringContext) {
88   // Determine where to perform name lookup.
89 
90   // FIXME: This area of the standard is very messy, and the current
91   // wording is rather unclear about which scopes we search for the
92   // destructor name; see core issues 399 and 555. Issue 399 in
93   // particular shows where the current description of destructor name
94   // lookup is completely out of line with existing practice, e.g.,
95   // this appears to be ill-formed:
96   //
97   //   namespace N {
98   //     template <typename T> struct S {
99   //       ~S();
100   //     };
101   //   }
102   //
103   //   void f(N::S<int>* s) {
104   //     s->N::S<int>::~S();
105   //   }
106   //
107   // See also PR6358 and PR6359.
108   // For this reason, we're currently only doing the C++03 version of this
109   // code; the C++0x version has to wait until we get a proper spec.
110   QualType SearchType;
111   DeclContext *LookupCtx = nullptr;
112   bool isDependent = false;
113   bool LookInScope = false;
114 
115   if (SS.isInvalid())
116     return nullptr;
117 
118   // If we have an object type, it's because we are in a
119   // pseudo-destructor-expression or a member access expression, and
120   // we know what type we're looking for.
121   if (ObjectTypePtr)
122     SearchType = GetTypeFromParser(ObjectTypePtr);
123 
124   if (SS.isSet()) {
125     NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = SS.getScopeRep();
126 
127     bool AlreadySearched = false;
128     bool LookAtPrefix = true;
129     // C++11 [basic.lookup.qual]p6:
130     //   If a pseudo-destructor-name (5.2.4) contains a nested-name-specifier,
131     //   the type-names are looked up as types in the scope designated by the
132     //   nested-name-specifier. Similarly, in a qualified-id of the form:
133     //
134     //     nested-name-specifier[opt] class-name :: ~ class-name
135     //
136     //   the second class-name is looked up in the same scope as the first.
137     //
138     // Here, we determine whether the code below is permitted to look at the
139     // prefix of the nested-name-specifier.
140     DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(SS, EnteringContext);
141     if (DC && DC->isFileContext()) {
142       AlreadySearched = true;
143       LookupCtx = DC;
144       isDependent = false;
145     } else if (DC && isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
146       LookAtPrefix = false;
147       LookInScope = true;
148     }
149 
150     // The second case from the C++03 rules quoted further above.
151     NestedNameSpecifier *Prefix = nullptr;
152     if (AlreadySearched) {
153       // Nothing left to do.
154     } else if (LookAtPrefix && (Prefix = NNS->getPrefix())) {
155       CXXScopeSpec PrefixSS;
156       PrefixSS.Adopt(NestedNameSpecifierLoc(Prefix, SS.location_data()));
157       LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(PrefixSS, EnteringContext);
158       isDependent = isDependentScopeSpecifier(PrefixSS);
159     } else if (ObjectTypePtr) {
160       LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(SearchType);
161       isDependent = SearchType->isDependentType();
162     } else {
163       LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(SS, EnteringContext);
164       isDependent = LookupCtx && LookupCtx->isDependentContext();
165     }
166   } else if (ObjectTypePtr) {
167     // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3:
168     //   If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up
169     //   in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T
170     //   of the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is
171     //   also looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the
172     //   lookups shall find a name that refers to (possibly
173     //   cv-qualified) T.
174     LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(SearchType);
175     isDependent = SearchType->isDependentType();
176     assert((isDependent || !SearchType->isIncompleteType()) &&
177            "Caller should have completed object type");
178 
179     LookInScope = true;
180   } else {
181     // Perform lookup into the current scope (only).
182     LookInScope = true;
183   }
184 
185   TypeDecl *NonMatchingTypeDecl = nullptr;
186   LookupResult Found(*this, &II, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
187   for (unsigned Step = 0; Step != 2; ++Step) {
188     // Look for the name first in the computed lookup context (if we
189     // have one) and, if that fails to find a match, in the scope (if
190     // we're allowed to look there).
191     Found.clear();
192     if (Step == 0 && LookupCtx)
193       LookupQualifiedName(Found, LookupCtx);
194     else if (Step == 1 && LookInScope && S)
195       LookupName(Found, S);
196     else
197       continue;
198 
199     // FIXME: Should we be suppressing ambiguities here?
200     if (Found.isAmbiguous())
201       return nullptr;
202 
203     if (TypeDecl *Type = Found.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>()) {
204       QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
205       MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Type->getLocation(), Type, /*OdrUse=*/false);
206 
207       if (SearchType.isNull() || SearchType->isDependentType() ||
208           Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T, SearchType)) {
209         // We found our type!
210 
211         return CreateParsedType(T,
212                                 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, NameLoc));
213       }
214 
215       if (!SearchType.isNull())
216         NonMatchingTypeDecl = Type;
217     }
218 
219     // If the name that we found is a class template name, and it is
220     // the same name as the template name in the last part of the
221     // nested-name-specifier (if present) or the object type, then
222     // this is the destructor for that class.
223     // FIXME: This is a workaround until we get real drafting for core
224     // issue 399, for which there isn't even an obvious direction.
225     if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Found.getAsSingle<ClassTemplateDecl>()) {
226       QualType MemberOfType;
227       if (SS.isSet()) {
228         if (DeclContext *Ctx = computeDeclContext(SS, EnteringContext)) {
229           // Figure out the type of the context, if it has one.
230           if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
231             MemberOfType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record);
232         }
233       }
234       if (MemberOfType.isNull())
235         MemberOfType = SearchType;
236 
237       if (MemberOfType.isNull())
238         continue;
239 
240       // We're referring into a class template specialization. If the
241       // class template we found is the same as the template being
242       // specialized, we found what we are looking for.
243       if (const RecordType *Record = MemberOfType->getAs<RecordType>()) {
244         if (ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *Spec
245               = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(Record->getDecl())) {
246           if (Spec->getSpecializedTemplate()->getCanonicalDecl() ==
247                 Template->getCanonicalDecl())
248             return CreateParsedType(
249                 MemberOfType,
250                 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(MemberOfType, NameLoc));
251         }
252 
253         continue;
254       }
255 
256       // We're referring to an unresolved class template
257       // specialization. Determine whether we class template we found
258       // is the same as the template being specialized or, if we don't
259       // know which template is being specialized, that it at least
260       // has the same name.
261       if (const TemplateSpecializationType *SpecType
262             = MemberOfType->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) {
263         TemplateName SpecName = SpecType->getTemplateName();
264 
265         // The class template we found is the same template being
266         // specialized.
267         if (TemplateDecl *SpecTemplate = SpecName.getAsTemplateDecl()) {
268           if (SpecTemplate->getCanonicalDecl() == Template->getCanonicalDecl())
269             return CreateParsedType(
270                 MemberOfType,
271                 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(MemberOfType, NameLoc));
272 
273           continue;
274         }
275 
276         // The class template we found has the same name as the
277         // (dependent) template name being specialized.
278         if (DependentTemplateName *DepTemplate
279                                     = SpecName.getAsDependentTemplateName()) {
280           if (DepTemplate->isIdentifier() &&
281               DepTemplate->getIdentifier() == Template->getIdentifier())
282             return CreateParsedType(
283                 MemberOfType,
284                 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(MemberOfType, NameLoc));
285 
286           continue;
287         }
288       }
289     }
290   }
291 
292   if (isDependent) {
293     // We didn't find our type, but that's okay: it's dependent
294     // anyway.
295 
296     // FIXME: What if we have no nested-name-specifier?
297     QualType T = CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(),
298                                    SS.getWithLocInContext(Context),
299                                    II, NameLoc);
300     return ParsedType::make(T);
301   }
302 
303   if (NonMatchingTypeDecl) {
304     QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(NonMatchingTypeDecl);
305     Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_destructor_expr_type_mismatch)
306       << T << SearchType;
307     Diag(NonMatchingTypeDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_destructor_type_here)
308       << T;
309   } else if (ObjectTypePtr)
310     Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_ident_in_dtor_not_a_type)
311       << &II;
312   else {
313     SemaDiagnosticBuilder DtorDiag = Diag(NameLoc,
314                                           diag::err_destructor_class_name);
315     if (S) {
316       const DeclContext *Ctx = S->getEntity();
317       if (const CXXRecordDecl *Class = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
318         DtorDiag << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NameLoc),
319                                                  Class->getNameAsString());
320     }
321   }
322 
323   return nullptr;
324 }
325 
326 ParsedType Sema::getDestructorType(const DeclSpec& DS, ParsedType ObjectType) {
327     if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error || !ObjectType)
328       return nullptr;
329     assert(DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_decltype
330            && "only get destructor types from declspecs");
331     QualType T = BuildDecltypeType(DS.getRepAsExpr(), DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc());
332     QualType SearchType = GetTypeFromParser(ObjectType);
333     if (SearchType->isDependentType() || Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(SearchType, T)) {
334       return ParsedType::make(T);
335     }
336 
337     Diag(DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc(), diag::err_destructor_expr_type_mismatch)
338       << T << SearchType;
339     return nullptr;
340 }
341 
342 bool Sema::checkLiteralOperatorId(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
343                                   const UnqualifiedId &Name) {
344   assert(Name.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId);
345 
346   if (!SS.isValid())
347     return false;
348 
349   switch (SS.getScopeRep()->getKind()) {
350   case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier:
351   case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec:
352   case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate:
353     // Per C++11 [over.literal]p2, literal operators can only be declared at
354     // namespace scope. Therefore, this unqualified-id cannot name anything.
355     // Reject it early, because we have no AST representation for this in the
356     // case where the scope is dependent.
357     Diag(Name.getLocStart(), diag::err_literal_operator_id_outside_namespace)
358       << SS.getScopeRep();
359     return true;
360 
361   case NestedNameSpecifier::Global:
362   case NestedNameSpecifier::Super:
363   case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace:
364   case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias:
365     return false;
366   }
367 
368   llvm_unreachable("unknown nested name specifier kind");
369 }
370 
371 /// \brief Build a C++ typeid expression with a type operand.
372 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType,
373                                 SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
374                                 TypeSourceInfo *Operand,
375                                 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
376   // C++ [expr.typeid]p4:
377   //   The top-level cv-qualifiers of the lvalue expression or the type-id
378   //   that is the operand of typeid are always ignored.
379   //   If the type of the type-id is a class type or a reference to a class
380   //   type, the class shall be completely-defined.
381   Qualifiers Quals;
382   QualType T
383     = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(Operand->getType().getNonReferenceType(),
384                                       Quals);
385   if (T->getAs<RecordType>() &&
386       RequireCompleteType(TypeidLoc, T, diag::err_incomplete_typeid))
387     return ExprError();
388 
389   if (T->isVariablyModifiedType())
390     return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_variably_modified_typeid) << T);
391 
392   return new (Context) CXXTypeidExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(), Operand,
393                                      SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc));
394 }
395 
396 /// \brief Build a C++ typeid expression with an expression operand.
397 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType,
398                                 SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
399                                 Expr *E,
400                                 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
401   bool WasEvaluated = false;
402   if (E && !E->isTypeDependent()) {
403     if (E->getType()->isPlaceholderType()) {
404       ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E);
405       if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
406       E = result.get();
407     }
408 
409     QualType T = E->getType();
410     if (const RecordType *RecordT = T->getAs<RecordType>()) {
411       CXXRecordDecl *RecordD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RecordT->getDecl());
412       // C++ [expr.typeid]p3:
413       //   [...] If the type of the expression is a class type, the class
414       //   shall be completely-defined.
415       if (RequireCompleteType(TypeidLoc, T, diag::err_incomplete_typeid))
416         return ExprError();
417 
418       // C++ [expr.typeid]p3:
419       //   When typeid is applied to an expression other than an glvalue of a
420       //   polymorphic class type [...] [the] expression is an unevaluated
421       //   operand. [...]
422       if (RecordD->isPolymorphic() && E->isGLValue()) {
423         // The subexpression is potentially evaluated; switch the context
424         // and recheck the subexpression.
425         ExprResult Result = TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(E);
426         if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
427         E = Result.get();
428 
429         // We require a vtable to query the type at run time.
430         MarkVTableUsed(TypeidLoc, RecordD);
431         WasEvaluated = true;
432       }
433     }
434 
435     // C++ [expr.typeid]p4:
436     //   [...] If the type of the type-id is a reference to a possibly
437     //   cv-qualified type, the result of the typeid expression refers to a
438     //   std::type_info object representing the cv-unqualified referenced
439     //   type.
440     Qualifiers Quals;
441     QualType UnqualT = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T, Quals);
442     if (!Context.hasSameType(T, UnqualT)) {
443       T = UnqualT;
444       E = ImpCastExprToType(E, UnqualT, CK_NoOp, E->getValueKind()).get();
445     }
446   }
447 
448   if (E->getType()->isVariablyModifiedType())
449     return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_variably_modified_typeid)
450                      << E->getType());
451   else if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() &&
452            E->HasSideEffects(Context, WasEvaluated)) {
453     // The expression operand for typeid is in an unevaluated expression
454     // context, so side effects could result in unintended consequences.
455     Diag(E->getExprLoc(), WasEvaluated
456                               ? diag::warn_side_effects_typeid
457                               : diag::warn_side_effects_unevaluated_context);
458   }
459 
460   return new (Context) CXXTypeidExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(), E,
461                                      SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc));
462 }
463 
464 /// ActOnCXXTypeidOfType - Parse typeid( type-id ) or typeid (expression);
465 ExprResult
466 Sema::ActOnCXXTypeid(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
467                      bool isType, void *TyOrExpr, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
468   // Find the std::type_info type.
469   if (!getStdNamespace())
470     return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_need_header_before_typeid));
471 
472   if (!CXXTypeInfoDecl) {
473     IdentifierInfo *TypeInfoII = &PP.getIdentifierTable().get("type_info");
474     LookupResult R(*this, TypeInfoII, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName);
475     LookupQualifiedName(R, getStdNamespace());
476     CXXTypeInfoDecl = R.getAsSingle<RecordDecl>();
477     // Microsoft's typeinfo doesn't have type_info in std but in the global
478     // namespace if _HAS_EXCEPTIONS is defined to 0. See PR13153.
479     if (!CXXTypeInfoDecl && LangOpts.MSVCCompat) {
480       LookupQualifiedName(R, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
481       CXXTypeInfoDecl = R.getAsSingle<RecordDecl>();
482     }
483     if (!CXXTypeInfoDecl)
484       return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_need_header_before_typeid));
485   }
486 
487   if (!getLangOpts().RTTI) {
488     return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_no_typeid_with_fno_rtti));
489   }
490 
491   QualType TypeInfoType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CXXTypeInfoDecl);
492 
493   if (isType) {
494     // The operand is a type; handle it as such.
495     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = nullptr;
496     QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType::getFromOpaquePtr(TyOrExpr),
497                                    &TInfo);
498     if (T.isNull())
499       return ExprError();
500 
501     if (!TInfo)
502       TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, OpLoc);
503 
504     return BuildCXXTypeId(TypeInfoType, OpLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc);
505   }
506 
507   // The operand is an expression.
508   return BuildCXXTypeId(TypeInfoType, OpLoc, (Expr*)TyOrExpr, RParenLoc);
509 }
510 
511 /// Grabs __declspec(uuid()) off a type, or returns 0 if we cannot resolve to
512 /// a single GUID.
513 static void
514 getUuidAttrOfType(Sema &SemaRef, QualType QT,
515                   llvm::SmallSetVector<const UuidAttr *, 1> &UuidAttrs) {
516   // Optionally remove one level of pointer, reference or array indirection.
517   const Type *Ty = QT.getTypePtr();
518   if (QT->isPointerType() || QT->isReferenceType())
519     Ty = QT->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
520   else if (QT->isArrayType())
521     Ty = Ty->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe();
522 
523   const auto *RD = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
524   if (!RD)
525     return;
526 
527   if (const auto *Uuid = RD->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<UuidAttr>()) {
528     UuidAttrs.insert(Uuid);
529     return;
530   }
531 
532   // __uuidof can grab UUIDs from template arguments.
533   if (const auto *CTSD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RD)) {
534     const TemplateArgumentList &TAL = CTSD->getTemplateArgs();
535     for (const TemplateArgument &TA : TAL.asArray()) {
536       const UuidAttr *UuidForTA = nullptr;
537       if (TA.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Type)
538         getUuidAttrOfType(SemaRef, TA.getAsType(), UuidAttrs);
539       else if (TA.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Declaration)
540         getUuidAttrOfType(SemaRef, TA.getAsDecl()->getType(), UuidAttrs);
541 
542       if (UuidForTA)
543         UuidAttrs.insert(UuidForTA);
544     }
545   }
546 }
547 
548 /// \brief Build a Microsoft __uuidof expression with a type operand.
549 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType,
550                                 SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
551                                 TypeSourceInfo *Operand,
552                                 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
553   StringRef UuidStr;
554   if (!Operand->getType()->isDependentType()) {
555     llvm::SmallSetVector<const UuidAttr *, 1> UuidAttrs;
556     getUuidAttrOfType(*this, Operand->getType(), UuidAttrs);
557     if (UuidAttrs.empty())
558       return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_without_guid));
559     if (UuidAttrs.size() > 1)
560       return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_with_multiple_guids));
561     UuidStr = UuidAttrs.back()->getGuid();
562   }
563 
564   return new (Context) CXXUuidofExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(), Operand, UuidStr,
565                                      SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc));
566 }
567 
568 /// \brief Build a Microsoft __uuidof expression with an expression operand.
569 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType,
570                                 SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
571                                 Expr *E,
572                                 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
573   StringRef UuidStr;
574   if (!E->getType()->isDependentType()) {
575     if (E->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
576       UuidStr = "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000";
577     } else {
578       llvm::SmallSetVector<const UuidAttr *, 1> UuidAttrs;
579       getUuidAttrOfType(*this, E->getType(), UuidAttrs);
580       if (UuidAttrs.empty())
581         return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_without_guid));
582       if (UuidAttrs.size() > 1)
583         return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_with_multiple_guids));
584       UuidStr = UuidAttrs.back()->getGuid();
585     }
586   }
587 
588   return new (Context) CXXUuidofExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(), E, UuidStr,
589                                      SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc));
590 }
591 
592 /// ActOnCXXUuidof - Parse __uuidof( type-id ) or __uuidof (expression);
593 ExprResult
594 Sema::ActOnCXXUuidof(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
595                      bool isType, void *TyOrExpr, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
596   // If MSVCGuidDecl has not been cached, do the lookup.
597   if (!MSVCGuidDecl) {
598     IdentifierInfo *GuidII = &PP.getIdentifierTable().get("_GUID");
599     LookupResult R(*this, GuidII, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName);
600     LookupQualifiedName(R, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
601     MSVCGuidDecl = R.getAsSingle<RecordDecl>();
602     if (!MSVCGuidDecl)
603       return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_need_header_before_ms_uuidof));
604   }
605 
606   QualType GuidType = Context.getTypeDeclType(MSVCGuidDecl);
607 
608   if (isType) {
609     // The operand is a type; handle it as such.
610     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = nullptr;
611     QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType::getFromOpaquePtr(TyOrExpr),
612                                    &TInfo);
613     if (T.isNull())
614       return ExprError();
615 
616     if (!TInfo)
617       TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, OpLoc);
618 
619     return BuildCXXUuidof(GuidType, OpLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc);
620   }
621 
622   // The operand is an expression.
623   return BuildCXXUuidof(GuidType, OpLoc, (Expr*)TyOrExpr, RParenLoc);
624 }
625 
626 /// ActOnCXXBoolLiteral - Parse {true,false} literals.
627 ExprResult
628 Sema::ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind) {
629   assert((Kind == tok::kw_true || Kind == tok::kw_false) &&
630          "Unknown C++ Boolean value!");
631   return new (Context)
632       CXXBoolLiteralExpr(Kind == tok::kw_true, Context.BoolTy, OpLoc);
633 }
634 
635 /// ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral - Parse 'nullptr'.
636 ExprResult
637 Sema::ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral(SourceLocation Loc) {
638   return new (Context) CXXNullPtrLiteralExpr(Context.NullPtrTy, Loc);
639 }
640 
641 /// ActOnCXXThrow - Parse throw expressions.
642 ExprResult
643 Sema::ActOnCXXThrow(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex) {
644   bool IsThrownVarInScope = false;
645   if (Ex) {
646     // C++0x [class.copymove]p31:
647     //   When certain criteria are met, an implementation is allowed to omit the
648     //   copy/move construction of a class object [...]
649     //
650     //     - in a throw-expression, when the operand is the name of a
651     //       non-volatile automatic object (other than a function or catch-
652     //       clause parameter) whose scope does not extend beyond the end of the
653     //       innermost enclosing try-block (if there is one), the copy/move
654     //       operation from the operand to the exception object (15.1) can be
655     //       omitted by constructing the automatic object directly into the
656     //       exception object
657     if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Ex->IgnoreParens()))
658       if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DRE->getDecl())) {
659         if (Var->hasLocalStorage() && !Var->getType().isVolatileQualified()) {
660           for( ; S; S = S->getParent()) {
661             if (S->isDeclScope(Var)) {
662               IsThrownVarInScope = true;
663               break;
664             }
665 
666             if (S->getFlags() &
667                 (Scope::FnScope | Scope::ClassScope | Scope::BlockScope |
668                  Scope::FunctionPrototypeScope | Scope::ObjCMethodScope |
669                  Scope::TryScope))
670               break;
671           }
672         }
673       }
674   }
675 
676   return BuildCXXThrow(OpLoc, Ex, IsThrownVarInScope);
677 }
678 
679 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXThrow(SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex,
680                                bool IsThrownVarInScope) {
681   // Don't report an error if 'throw' is used in system headers.
682   if (!getLangOpts().CXXExceptions &&
683       !getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(OpLoc))
684     Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_exceptions_disabled) << "throw";
685 
686   if (getCurScope() && getCurScope()->isOpenMPSimdDirectiveScope())
687     Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_omp_simd_region_cannot_use_stmt) << "throw";
688 
689   if (Ex && !Ex->isTypeDependent()) {
690     QualType ExceptionObjectTy = Context.getExceptionObjectType(Ex->getType());
691     if (CheckCXXThrowOperand(OpLoc, ExceptionObjectTy, Ex))
692       return ExprError();
693 
694     // Initialize the exception result.  This implicitly weeds out
695     // abstract types or types with inaccessible copy constructors.
696 
697     // C++0x [class.copymove]p31:
698     //   When certain criteria are met, an implementation is allowed to omit the
699     //   copy/move construction of a class object [...]
700     //
701     //     - in a throw-expression, when the operand is the name of a
702     //       non-volatile automatic object (other than a function or
703     //       catch-clause
704     //       parameter) whose scope does not extend beyond the end of the
705     //       innermost enclosing try-block (if there is one), the copy/move
706     //       operation from the operand to the exception object (15.1) can be
707     //       omitted by constructing the automatic object directly into the
708     //       exception object
709     const VarDecl *NRVOVariable = nullptr;
710     if (IsThrownVarInScope)
711       NRVOVariable = getCopyElisionCandidate(QualType(), Ex, false);
712 
713     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeException(
714         OpLoc, ExceptionObjectTy,
715         /*NRVO=*/NRVOVariable != nullptr);
716     ExprResult Res = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(
717         Entity, NRVOVariable, QualType(), Ex, IsThrownVarInScope);
718     if (Res.isInvalid())
719       return ExprError();
720     Ex = Res.get();
721   }
722 
723   return new (Context)
724       CXXThrowExpr(Ex, Context.VoidTy, OpLoc, IsThrownVarInScope);
725 }
726 
727 static void
728 collectPublicBases(CXXRecordDecl *RD,
729                    llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, unsigned> &SubobjectsSeen,
730                    llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<CXXRecordDecl *> &VBases,
731                    llvm::SetVector<CXXRecordDecl *> &PublicSubobjectsSeen,
732                    bool ParentIsPublic) {
733   for (const CXXBaseSpecifier &BS : RD->bases()) {
734     CXXRecordDecl *BaseDecl = BS.getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
735     bool NewSubobject;
736     // Virtual bases constitute the same subobject.  Non-virtual bases are
737     // always distinct subobjects.
738     if (BS.isVirtual())
739       NewSubobject = VBases.insert(BaseDecl).second;
740     else
741       NewSubobject = true;
742 
743     if (NewSubobject)
744       ++SubobjectsSeen[BaseDecl];
745 
746     // Only add subobjects which have public access throughout the entire chain.
747     bool PublicPath = ParentIsPublic && BS.getAccessSpecifier() == AS_public;
748     if (PublicPath)
749       PublicSubobjectsSeen.insert(BaseDecl);
750 
751     // Recurse on to each base subobject.
752     collectPublicBases(BaseDecl, SubobjectsSeen, VBases, PublicSubobjectsSeen,
753                        PublicPath);
754   }
755 }
756 
757 static void getUnambiguousPublicSubobjects(
758     CXXRecordDecl *RD, llvm::SmallVectorImpl<CXXRecordDecl *> &Objects) {
759   llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, unsigned> SubobjectsSeen;
760   llvm::SmallSet<CXXRecordDecl *, 2> VBases;
761   llvm::SetVector<CXXRecordDecl *> PublicSubobjectsSeen;
762   SubobjectsSeen[RD] = 1;
763   PublicSubobjectsSeen.insert(RD);
764   collectPublicBases(RD, SubobjectsSeen, VBases, PublicSubobjectsSeen,
765                      /*ParentIsPublic=*/true);
766 
767   for (CXXRecordDecl *PublicSubobject : PublicSubobjectsSeen) {
768     // Skip ambiguous objects.
769     if (SubobjectsSeen[PublicSubobject] > 1)
770       continue;
771 
772     Objects.push_back(PublicSubobject);
773   }
774 }
775 
776 /// CheckCXXThrowOperand - Validate the operand of a throw.
777 bool Sema::CheckCXXThrowOperand(SourceLocation ThrowLoc,
778                                 QualType ExceptionObjectTy, Expr *E) {
779   //   If the type of the exception would be an incomplete type or a pointer
780   //   to an incomplete type other than (cv) void the program is ill-formed.
781   QualType Ty = ExceptionObjectTy;
782   bool isPointer = false;
783   if (const PointerType* Ptr = Ty->getAs<PointerType>()) {
784     Ty = Ptr->getPointeeType();
785     isPointer = true;
786   }
787   if (!isPointer || !Ty->isVoidType()) {
788     if (RequireCompleteType(ThrowLoc, Ty,
789                             isPointer ? diag::err_throw_incomplete_ptr
790                                       : diag::err_throw_incomplete,
791                             E->getSourceRange()))
792       return true;
793 
794     if (RequireNonAbstractType(ThrowLoc, ExceptionObjectTy,
795                                diag::err_throw_abstract_type, E))
796       return true;
797   }
798 
799   // If the exception has class type, we need additional handling.
800   CXXRecordDecl *RD = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
801   if (!RD)
802     return false;
803 
804   // If we are throwing a polymorphic class type or pointer thereof,
805   // exception handling will make use of the vtable.
806   MarkVTableUsed(ThrowLoc, RD);
807 
808   // If a pointer is thrown, the referenced object will not be destroyed.
809   if (isPointer)
810     return false;
811 
812   // If the class has a destructor, we must be able to call it.
813   if (!RD->hasIrrelevantDestructor()) {
814     if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = LookupDestructor(RD)) {
815       MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor);
816       CheckDestructorAccess(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor,
817                             PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor_exception) << Ty);
818       if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Destructor, E->getExprLoc()))
819         return true;
820     }
821   }
822 
823   // The MSVC ABI creates a list of all types which can catch the exception
824   // object.  This list also references the appropriate copy constructor to call
825   // if the object is caught by value and has a non-trivial copy constructor.
826   if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) {
827     // We are only interested in the public, unambiguous bases contained within
828     // the exception object.  Bases which are ambiguous or otherwise
829     // inaccessible are not catchable types.
830     llvm::SmallVector<CXXRecordDecl *, 2> UnambiguousPublicSubobjects;
831     getUnambiguousPublicSubobjects(RD, UnambiguousPublicSubobjects);
832 
833     for (CXXRecordDecl *Subobject : UnambiguousPublicSubobjects) {
834       // Attempt to lookup the copy constructor.  Various pieces of machinery
835       // will spring into action, like template instantiation, which means this
836       // cannot be a simple walk of the class's decls.  Instead, we must perform
837       // lookup and overload resolution.
838       CXXConstructorDecl *CD = LookupCopyingConstructor(Subobject, 0);
839       if (!CD)
840         continue;
841 
842       // Mark the constructor referenced as it is used by this throw expression.
843       MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getExprLoc(), CD);
844 
845       // Skip this copy constructor if it is trivial, we don't need to record it
846       // in the catchable type data.
847       if (CD->isTrivial())
848         continue;
849 
850       // The copy constructor is non-trivial, create a mapping from this class
851       // type to this constructor.
852       // N.B.  The selection of copy constructor is not sensitive to this
853       // particular throw-site.  Lookup will be performed at the catch-site to
854       // ensure that the copy constructor is, in fact, accessible (via
855       // friendship or any other means).
856       Context.addCopyConstructorForExceptionObject(Subobject, CD);
857 
858       // We don't keep the instantiated default argument expressions around so
859       // we must rebuild them here.
860       for (unsigned I = 1, E = CD->getNumParams(); I != E; ++I) {
861         // Skip any default arguments that we've already instantiated.
862         if (Context.getDefaultArgExprForConstructor(CD, I))
863           continue;
864 
865         Expr *DefaultArg =
866             BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(ThrowLoc, CD, CD->getParamDecl(I)).get();
867         Context.addDefaultArgExprForConstructor(CD, I, DefaultArg);
868       }
869     }
870   }
871 
872   return false;
873 }
874 
875 static QualType adjustCVQualifiersForCXXThisWithinLambda(
876     ArrayRef<FunctionScopeInfo *> FunctionScopes, QualType ThisTy,
877     DeclContext *CurSemaContext, ASTContext &ASTCtx) {
878 
879   QualType ClassType = ThisTy->getPointeeType();
880   LambdaScopeInfo *CurLSI = nullptr;
881   DeclContext *CurDC = CurSemaContext;
882 
883   // Iterate through the stack of lambdas starting from the innermost lambda to
884   // the outermost lambda, checking if '*this' is ever captured by copy - since
885   // that could change the cv-qualifiers of the '*this' object.
886   // The object referred to by '*this' starts out with the cv-qualifiers of its
887   // member function.  We then start with the innermost lambda and iterate
888   // outward checking to see if any lambda performs a by-copy capture of '*this'
889   // - and if so, any nested lambda must respect the 'constness' of that
890   // capturing lamdbda's call operator.
891   //
892 
893   // The issue is that we cannot rely entirely on the FunctionScopeInfo stack
894   // since ScopeInfos are pushed on during parsing and treetransforming. But
895   // since a generic lambda's call operator can be instantiated anywhere (even
896   // end of the TU) we need to be able to examine its enclosing lambdas and so
897   // we use the DeclContext to get a hold of the closure-class and query it for
898   // capture information.  The reason we don't just resort to always using the
899   // DeclContext chain is that it is only mature for lambda expressions
900   // enclosing generic lambda's call operators that are being instantiated.
901 
902   for (int I = FunctionScopes.size();
903        I-- && isa<LambdaScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[I]);
904        CurDC = getLambdaAwareParentOfDeclContext(CurDC)) {
905     CurLSI = cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[I]);
906 
907     if (!CurLSI->isCXXThisCaptured())
908         continue;
909 
910     auto C = CurLSI->getCXXThisCapture();
911 
912     if (C.isCopyCapture()) {
913       ClassType.removeLocalCVRQualifiers(Qualifiers::CVRMask);
914       if (CurLSI->CallOperator->isConst())
915         ClassType.addConst();
916       return ASTCtx.getPointerType(ClassType);
917     }
918   }
919   // We've run out of ScopeInfos but check if CurDC is a lambda (which can
920   // happen during instantiation of generic lambdas)
921   if (isLambdaCallOperator(CurDC)) {
922     assert(CurLSI);
923     assert(isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(CurLSI->CallOperator));
924     assert(CurDC == getLambdaAwareParentOfDeclContext(CurLSI->CallOperator));
925 
926     auto IsThisCaptured =
927         [](CXXRecordDecl *Closure, bool &IsByCopy, bool &IsConst) {
928       IsConst = false;
929       IsByCopy = false;
930       for (auto &&C : Closure->captures()) {
931         if (C.capturesThis()) {
932           if (C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_StarThis)
933             IsByCopy = true;
934           if (Closure->getLambdaCallOperator()->isConst())
935             IsConst = true;
936           return true;
937         }
938       }
939       return false;
940     };
941 
942     bool IsByCopyCapture = false;
943     bool IsConstCapture = false;
944     CXXRecordDecl *Closure = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurDC->getParent());
945     while (Closure &&
946            IsThisCaptured(Closure, IsByCopyCapture, IsConstCapture)) {
947       if (IsByCopyCapture) {
948         ClassType.removeLocalCVRQualifiers(Qualifiers::CVRMask);
949         if (IsConstCapture)
950           ClassType.addConst();
951         return ASTCtx.getPointerType(ClassType);
952       }
953       Closure = isLambdaCallOperator(Closure->getParent())
954                     ? cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Closure->getParent()->getParent())
955                     : nullptr;
956     }
957   }
958   return ASTCtx.getPointerType(ClassType);
959 }
960 
961 QualType Sema::getCurrentThisType() {
962   DeclContext *DC = getFunctionLevelDeclContext();
963   QualType ThisTy = CXXThisTypeOverride;
964   if (CXXMethodDecl *method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(DC)) {
965     if (method && method->isInstance())
966       ThisTy = method->getThisType(Context);
967   }
968   if (ThisTy.isNull()) {
969     if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(CurContext) &&
970         CurContext->getParent()->getParent()->isRecord()) {
971       // This is a generic lambda call operator that is being instantiated
972       // within a default initializer - so use the enclosing class as 'this'.
973       // There is no enclosing member function to retrieve the 'this' pointer
974       // from.
975 
976       // FIXME: This looks wrong. If we're in a lambda within a lambda within a
977       // default member initializer, we need to recurse up more parents to find
978       // the right context. Looks like we should be walking up to the parent of
979       // the closure type, checking whether that is itself a lambda, and if so,
980       // recursing, until we reach a class or a function that isn't a lambda
981       // call operator. And we should accumulate the constness of *this on the
982       // way.
983 
984       QualType ClassTy = Context.getTypeDeclType(
985           cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext->getParent()->getParent()));
986       // There are no cv-qualifiers for 'this' within default initializers,
987       // per [expr.prim.general]p4.
988       ThisTy = Context.getPointerType(ClassTy);
989     }
990   }
991 
992   // If we are within a lambda's call operator, the cv-qualifiers of 'this'
993   // might need to be adjusted if the lambda or any of its enclosing lambda's
994   // captures '*this' by copy.
995   if (!ThisTy.isNull() && isLambdaCallOperator(CurContext))
996     return adjustCVQualifiersForCXXThisWithinLambda(FunctionScopes, ThisTy,
997                                                     CurContext, Context);
998   return ThisTy;
999 }
1000 
1001 Sema::CXXThisScopeRAII::CXXThisScopeRAII(Sema &S,
1002                                          Decl *ContextDecl,
1003                                          unsigned CXXThisTypeQuals,
1004                                          bool Enabled)
1005   : S(S), OldCXXThisTypeOverride(S.CXXThisTypeOverride), Enabled(false)
1006 {
1007   if (!Enabled || !ContextDecl)
1008     return;
1009 
1010   CXXRecordDecl *Record = nullptr;
1011   if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(ContextDecl))
1012     Record = Template->getTemplatedDecl();
1013   else
1014     Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ContextDecl);
1015 
1016   // We care only for CVR qualifiers here, so cut everything else.
1017   CXXThisTypeQuals &= Qualifiers::FastMask;
1018   S.CXXThisTypeOverride
1019     = S.Context.getPointerType(
1020         S.Context.getRecordType(Record).withCVRQualifiers(CXXThisTypeQuals));
1021 
1022   this->Enabled = true;
1023 }
1024 
1025 
1026 Sema::CXXThisScopeRAII::~CXXThisScopeRAII() {
1027   if (Enabled) {
1028     S.CXXThisTypeOverride = OldCXXThisTypeOverride;
1029   }
1030 }
1031 
1032 static Expr *captureThis(Sema &S, ASTContext &Context, RecordDecl *RD,
1033                          QualType ThisTy, SourceLocation Loc,
1034                          const bool ByCopy) {
1035 
1036   QualType AdjustedThisTy = ThisTy;
1037   // The type of the corresponding data member (not a 'this' pointer if 'by
1038   // copy').
1039   QualType CaptureThisFieldTy = ThisTy;
1040   if (ByCopy) {
1041     // If we are capturing the object referred to by '*this' by copy, ignore any
1042     // cv qualifiers inherited from the type of the member function for the type
1043     // of the closure-type's corresponding data member and any use of 'this'.
1044     CaptureThisFieldTy = ThisTy->getPointeeType();
1045     CaptureThisFieldTy.removeLocalCVRQualifiers(Qualifiers::CVRMask);
1046     AdjustedThisTy = Context.getPointerType(CaptureThisFieldTy);
1047   }
1048 
1049   FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(
1050       Context, RD, Loc, Loc, nullptr, CaptureThisFieldTy,
1051       Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(CaptureThisFieldTy, Loc), nullptr, false,
1052       ICIS_NoInit);
1053 
1054   Field->setImplicit(true);
1055   Field->setAccess(AS_private);
1056   RD->addDecl(Field);
1057   Expr *This =
1058       new (Context) CXXThisExpr(Loc, ThisTy, /*isImplicit*/ true);
1059   if (ByCopy) {
1060     Expr *StarThis =  S.CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(Loc,
1061                                       UO_Deref,
1062                                       This).get();
1063     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeLambdaCapture(
1064       nullptr, CaptureThisFieldTy, Loc);
1065     InitializationKind InitKind = InitializationKind::CreateDirect(Loc, Loc, Loc);
1066     InitializationSequence Init(S, Entity, InitKind, StarThis);
1067     ExprResult ER = Init.Perform(S, Entity, InitKind, StarThis);
1068     if (ER.isInvalid()) return nullptr;
1069     return ER.get();
1070   }
1071   return This;
1072 }
1073 
1074 bool Sema::CheckCXXThisCapture(SourceLocation Loc, const bool Explicit,
1075     bool BuildAndDiagnose, const unsigned *const FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt,
1076     const bool ByCopy) {
1077   // We don't need to capture this in an unevaluated context.
1078   if (isUnevaluatedContext() && !Explicit)
1079     return true;
1080 
1081   assert((!ByCopy || Explicit) && "cannot implicitly capture *this by value");
1082 
1083   const unsigned MaxFunctionScopesIndex = FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt ?
1084     *FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt : FunctionScopes.size() - 1;
1085 
1086   // Check that we can capture the *enclosing object* (referred to by '*this')
1087   // by the capturing-entity/closure (lambda/block/etc) at
1088   // MaxFunctionScopesIndex-deep on the FunctionScopes stack.
1089 
1090   // Note: The *enclosing object* can only be captured by-value by a
1091   // closure that is a lambda, using the explicit notation:
1092   //    [*this] { ... }.
1093   // Every other capture of the *enclosing object* results in its by-reference
1094   // capture.
1095 
1096   // For a closure 'L' (at MaxFunctionScopesIndex in the FunctionScopes
1097   // stack), we can capture the *enclosing object* only if:
1098   // - 'L' has an explicit byref or byval capture of the *enclosing object*
1099   // -  or, 'L' has an implicit capture.
1100   // AND
1101   //   -- there is no enclosing closure
1102   //   -- or, there is some enclosing closure 'E' that has already captured the
1103   //      *enclosing object*, and every intervening closure (if any) between 'E'
1104   //      and 'L' can implicitly capture the *enclosing object*.
1105   //   -- or, every enclosing closure can implicitly capture the
1106   //      *enclosing object*
1107 
1108 
1109   unsigned NumCapturingClosures = 0;
1110   for (unsigned idx = MaxFunctionScopesIndex; idx != 0; idx--) {
1111     if (CapturingScopeInfo *CSI =
1112             dyn_cast<CapturingScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[idx])) {
1113       if (CSI->CXXThisCaptureIndex != 0) {
1114         // 'this' is already being captured; there isn't anything more to do.
1115         break;
1116       }
1117       LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = dyn_cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI);
1118       if (LSI && isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(LSI->CallOperator)) {
1119         // This context can't implicitly capture 'this'; fail out.
1120         if (BuildAndDiagnose)
1121           Diag(Loc, diag::err_this_capture)
1122               << (Explicit && idx == MaxFunctionScopesIndex);
1123         return true;
1124       }
1125       if (CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref ||
1126           CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval ||
1127           CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_Block ||
1128           CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_CapturedRegion ||
1129           (Explicit && idx == MaxFunctionScopesIndex)) {
1130         // Regarding (Explicit && idx == MaxFunctionScopesIndex): only the first
1131         // iteration through can be an explicit capture, all enclosing closures,
1132         // if any, must perform implicit captures.
1133 
1134         // This closure can capture 'this'; continue looking upwards.
1135         NumCapturingClosures++;
1136         continue;
1137       }
1138       // This context can't implicitly capture 'this'; fail out.
1139       if (BuildAndDiagnose)
1140         Diag(Loc, diag::err_this_capture)
1141             << (Explicit && idx == MaxFunctionScopesIndex);
1142       return true;
1143     }
1144     break;
1145   }
1146   if (!BuildAndDiagnose) return false;
1147 
1148   // If we got here, then the closure at MaxFunctionScopesIndex on the
1149   // FunctionScopes stack, can capture the *enclosing object*, so capture it
1150   // (including implicit by-reference captures in any enclosing closures).
1151 
1152   // In the loop below, respect the ByCopy flag only for the closure requesting
1153   // the capture (i.e. first iteration through the loop below).  Ignore it for
1154   // all enclosing closure's upto NumCapturingClosures (since they must be
1155   // implicitly capturing the *enclosing  object* by reference (see loop
1156   // above)).
1157   assert((!ByCopy ||
1158           dyn_cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[MaxFunctionScopesIndex])) &&
1159          "Only a lambda can capture the enclosing object (referred to by "
1160          "*this) by copy");
1161   // FIXME: We need to delay this marking in PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated
1162   // contexts.
1163   QualType ThisTy = getCurrentThisType();
1164   for (unsigned idx = MaxFunctionScopesIndex; NumCapturingClosures;
1165       --idx, --NumCapturingClosures) {
1166     CapturingScopeInfo *CSI = cast<CapturingScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[idx]);
1167     Expr *ThisExpr = nullptr;
1168 
1169     if (LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = dyn_cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI)) {
1170       // For lambda expressions, build a field and an initializing expression,
1171       // and capture the *enclosing object* by copy only if this is the first
1172       // iteration.
1173       ThisExpr = captureThis(*this, Context, LSI->Lambda, ThisTy, Loc,
1174                              ByCopy && idx == MaxFunctionScopesIndex);
1175 
1176     } else if (CapturedRegionScopeInfo *RSI
1177         = dyn_cast<CapturedRegionScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[idx]))
1178       ThisExpr =
1179           captureThis(*this, Context, RSI->TheRecordDecl, ThisTy, Loc,
1180                       false/*ByCopy*/);
1181 
1182     bool isNested = NumCapturingClosures > 1;
1183     CSI->addThisCapture(isNested, Loc, ThisExpr, ByCopy);
1184   }
1185   return false;
1186 }
1187 
1188 ExprResult Sema::ActOnCXXThis(SourceLocation Loc) {
1189   /// C++ 9.3.2: In the body of a non-static member function, the keyword this
1190   /// is a non-lvalue expression whose value is the address of the object for
1191   /// which the function is called.
1192 
1193   QualType ThisTy = getCurrentThisType();
1194   if (ThisTy.isNull()) return Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_this_use);
1195 
1196   CheckCXXThisCapture(Loc);
1197   return new (Context) CXXThisExpr(Loc, ThisTy, /*isImplicit=*/false);
1198 }
1199 
1200 bool Sema::isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(QualType BaseType) {
1201   // If we're outside the body of a member function, then we'll have a specified
1202   // type for 'this'.
1203   if (CXXThisTypeOverride.isNull())
1204     return false;
1205 
1206   // Determine whether we're looking into a class that's currently being
1207   // defined.
1208   CXXRecordDecl *Class = BaseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
1209   return Class && Class->isBeingDefined();
1210 }
1211 
1212 ExprResult
1213 Sema::ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr(ParsedType TypeRep,
1214                                 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
1215                                 MultiExprArg exprs,
1216                                 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
1217   if (!TypeRep)
1218     return ExprError();
1219 
1220   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
1221   QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(TypeRep, &TInfo);
1222   if (!TInfo)
1223     TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Ty, SourceLocation());
1224 
1225   return BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TInfo, LParenLoc, exprs, RParenLoc);
1226 }
1227 
1228 /// ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr - Parse construction of a specified type.
1229 /// Can be interpreted either as function-style casting ("int(x)")
1230 /// or class type construction ("ClassType(x,y,z)")
1231 /// or creation of a value-initialized type ("int()").
1232 ExprResult
1233 Sema::BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
1234                                 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
1235                                 MultiExprArg Exprs,
1236                                 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
1237   QualType Ty = TInfo->getType();
1238   SourceLocation TyBeginLoc = TInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
1239 
1240   if (Ty->isDependentType() || CallExpr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Exprs)) {
1241     return CXXUnresolvedConstructExpr::Create(Context, TInfo, LParenLoc, Exprs,
1242                                               RParenLoc);
1243   }
1244 
1245   bool ListInitialization = LParenLoc.isInvalid();
1246   assert((!ListInitialization || (Exprs.size() == 1 && isa<InitListExpr>(Exprs[0])))
1247          && "List initialization must have initializer list as expression.");
1248   SourceRange FullRange = SourceRange(TyBeginLoc,
1249       ListInitialization ? Exprs[0]->getSourceRange().getEnd() : RParenLoc);
1250 
1251   // C++ [expr.type.conv]p1:
1252   // If the expression list is a single expression, the type conversion
1253   // expression is equivalent (in definedness, and if defined in meaning) to the
1254   // corresponding cast expression.
1255   if (Exprs.size() == 1 && !ListInitialization) {
1256     Expr *Arg = Exprs[0];
1257     return BuildCXXFunctionalCastExpr(TInfo, LParenLoc, Arg, RParenLoc);
1258   }
1259 
1260   // C++14 [expr.type.conv]p2: The expression T(), where T is a
1261   //   simple-type-specifier or typename-specifier for a non-array complete
1262   //   object type or the (possibly cv-qualified) void type, creates a prvalue
1263   //   of the specified type, whose value is that produced by value-initializing
1264   //   an object of type T.
1265   QualType ElemTy = Ty;
1266   if (Ty->isArrayType()) {
1267     if (!ListInitialization)
1268       return ExprError(Diag(TyBeginLoc,
1269                             diag::err_value_init_for_array_type) << FullRange);
1270     ElemTy = Context.getBaseElementType(Ty);
1271   }
1272 
1273   if (!ListInitialization && Ty->isFunctionType())
1274     return ExprError(Diag(TyBeginLoc, diag::err_value_init_for_function_type)
1275                      << FullRange);
1276 
1277   if (!Ty->isVoidType() &&
1278       RequireCompleteType(TyBeginLoc, ElemTy,
1279                           diag::err_invalid_incomplete_type_use, FullRange))
1280     return ExprError();
1281 
1282   if (RequireNonAbstractType(TyBeginLoc, Ty,
1283                              diag::err_allocation_of_abstract_type))
1284     return ExprError();
1285 
1286   InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(TInfo);
1287   InitializationKind Kind =
1288       Exprs.size() ? ListInitialization
1289       ? InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(TyBeginLoc)
1290       : InitializationKind::CreateDirect(TyBeginLoc, LParenLoc, RParenLoc)
1291       : InitializationKind::CreateValue(TyBeginLoc, LParenLoc, RParenLoc);
1292   InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Exprs);
1293   ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Exprs);
1294 
1295   if (Result.isInvalid() || !ListInitialization)
1296     return Result;
1297 
1298   Expr *Inner = Result.get();
1299   if (CXXBindTemporaryExpr *BTE = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(Inner))
1300     Inner = BTE->getSubExpr();
1301   if (!isa<CXXTemporaryObjectExpr>(Inner)) {
1302     // If we created a CXXTemporaryObjectExpr, that node also represents the
1303     // functional cast. Otherwise, create an explicit cast to represent
1304     // the syntactic form of a functional-style cast that was used here.
1305     //
1306     // FIXME: Creating a CXXFunctionalCastExpr around a CXXConstructExpr
1307     // would give a more consistent AST representation than using a
1308     // CXXTemporaryObjectExpr. It's also weird that the functional cast
1309     // is sometimes handled by initialization and sometimes not.
1310     QualType ResultType = Result.get()->getType();
1311     Result = CXXFunctionalCastExpr::Create(
1312         Context, ResultType, Expr::getValueKindForType(TInfo->getType()), TInfo,
1313         CK_NoOp, Result.get(), /*Path=*/nullptr, LParenLoc, RParenLoc);
1314   }
1315 
1316   return Result;
1317 }
1318 
1319 /// doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize - Answers whether the usual
1320 /// operator delete[] for the given type has a size_t parameter.
1321 static bool doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize(Sema &S, SourceLocation loc,
1322                                          QualType allocType) {
1323   const RecordType *record =
1324     allocType->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAs<RecordType>();
1325   if (!record) return false;
1326 
1327   // Try to find an operator delete[] in class scope.
1328 
1329   DeclarationName deleteName =
1330     S.Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Array_Delete);
1331   LookupResult ops(S, deleteName, loc, Sema::LookupOrdinaryName);
1332   S.LookupQualifiedName(ops, record->getDecl());
1333 
1334   // We're just doing this for information.
1335   ops.suppressDiagnostics();
1336 
1337   // Very likely: there's no operator delete[].
1338   if (ops.empty()) return false;
1339 
1340   // If it's ambiguous, it should be illegal to call operator delete[]
1341   // on this thing, so it doesn't matter if we allocate extra space or not.
1342   if (ops.isAmbiguous()) return false;
1343 
1344   LookupResult::Filter filter = ops.makeFilter();
1345   while (filter.hasNext()) {
1346     NamedDecl *del = filter.next()->getUnderlyingDecl();
1347 
1348     // C++0x [basic.stc.dynamic.deallocation]p2:
1349     //   A template instance is never a usual deallocation function,
1350     //   regardless of its signature.
1351     if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(del)) {
1352       filter.erase();
1353       continue;
1354     }
1355 
1356     // C++0x [basic.stc.dynamic.deallocation]p2:
1357     //   If class T does not declare [an operator delete[] with one
1358     //   parameter] but does declare a member deallocation function
1359     //   named operator delete[] with exactly two parameters, the
1360     //   second of which has type std::size_t, then this function
1361     //   is a usual deallocation function.
1362     if (!cast<CXXMethodDecl>(del)->isUsualDeallocationFunction()) {
1363       filter.erase();
1364       continue;
1365     }
1366   }
1367   filter.done();
1368 
1369   if (!ops.isSingleResult()) return false;
1370 
1371   const FunctionDecl *del = cast<FunctionDecl>(ops.getFoundDecl());
1372   return (del->getNumParams() == 2);
1373 }
1374 
1375 /// \brief Parsed a C++ 'new' expression (C++ 5.3.4).
1376 ///
1377 /// E.g.:
1378 /// @code new (memory) int[size][4] @endcode
1379 /// or
1380 /// @code ::new Foo(23, "hello") @endcode
1381 ///
1382 /// \param StartLoc The first location of the expression.
1383 /// \param UseGlobal True if 'new' was prefixed with '::'.
1384 /// \param PlacementLParen Opening paren of the placement arguments.
1385 /// \param PlacementArgs Placement new arguments.
1386 /// \param PlacementRParen Closing paren of the placement arguments.
1387 /// \param TypeIdParens If the type is in parens, the source range.
1388 /// \param D The type to be allocated, as well as array dimensions.
1389 /// \param Initializer The initializing expression or initializer-list, or null
1390 ///   if there is none.
1391 ExprResult
1392 Sema::ActOnCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal,
1393                   SourceLocation PlacementLParen, MultiExprArg PlacementArgs,
1394                   SourceLocation PlacementRParen, SourceRange TypeIdParens,
1395                   Declarator &D, Expr *Initializer) {
1396   bool TypeContainsAuto = D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType();
1397 
1398   Expr *ArraySize = nullptr;
1399   // If the specified type is an array, unwrap it and save the expression.
1400   if (D.getNumTypeObjects() > 0 &&
1401       D.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Array) {
1402      DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(0);
1403     if (TypeContainsAuto)
1404       return ExprError(Diag(Chunk.Loc, diag::err_new_array_of_auto)
1405         << D.getSourceRange());
1406     if (Chunk.Arr.hasStatic)
1407       return ExprError(Diag(Chunk.Loc, diag::err_static_illegal_in_new)
1408         << D.getSourceRange());
1409     if (!Chunk.Arr.NumElts)
1410       return ExprError(Diag(Chunk.Loc, diag::err_array_new_needs_size)
1411         << D.getSourceRange());
1412 
1413     ArraySize = static_cast<Expr*>(Chunk.Arr.NumElts);
1414     D.DropFirstTypeObject();
1415   }
1416 
1417   // Every dimension shall be of constant size.
1418   if (ArraySize) {
1419     for (unsigned I = 0, N = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I < N; ++I) {
1420       if (D.getTypeObject(I).Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Array)
1421         break;
1422 
1423       DeclaratorChunk::ArrayTypeInfo &Array = D.getTypeObject(I).Arr;
1424       if (Expr *NumElts = (Expr *)Array.NumElts) {
1425         if (!NumElts->isTypeDependent() && !NumElts->isValueDependent()) {
1426           if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) {
1427 	    // C++1y [expr.new]p6: Every constant-expression in a noptr-new-declarator
1428 	    //   shall be a converted constant expression (5.19) of type std::size_t
1429 	    //   and shall evaluate to a strictly positive value.
1430             unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
1431             assert(IntWidth && "Builtin type of size 0?");
1432             llvm::APSInt Value(IntWidth);
1433             Array.NumElts
1434              = CheckConvertedConstantExpression(NumElts, Context.getSizeType(), Value,
1435                                                 CCEK_NewExpr)
1436                  .get();
1437           } else {
1438             Array.NumElts
1439               = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(NumElts, nullptr,
1440                                                 diag::err_new_array_nonconst)
1441                   .get();
1442           }
1443           if (!Array.NumElts)
1444             return ExprError();
1445         }
1446       }
1447     }
1448   }
1449 
1450   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, /*Scope=*/nullptr);
1451   QualType AllocType = TInfo->getType();
1452   if (D.isInvalidType())
1453     return ExprError();
1454 
1455   SourceRange DirectInitRange;
1456   if (ParenListExpr *List = dyn_cast_or_null<ParenListExpr>(Initializer))
1457     DirectInitRange = List->getSourceRange();
1458 
1459   return BuildCXXNew(SourceRange(StartLoc, D.getLocEnd()), UseGlobal,
1460                      PlacementLParen,
1461                      PlacementArgs,
1462                      PlacementRParen,
1463                      TypeIdParens,
1464                      AllocType,
1465                      TInfo,
1466                      ArraySize,
1467                      DirectInitRange,
1468                      Initializer,
1469                      TypeContainsAuto);
1470 }
1471 
1472 static bool isLegalArrayNewInitializer(CXXNewExpr::InitializationStyle Style,
1473                                        Expr *Init) {
1474   if (!Init)
1475     return true;
1476   if (ParenListExpr *PLE = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init))
1477     return PLE->getNumExprs() == 0;
1478   if (isa<ImplicitValueInitExpr>(Init))
1479     return true;
1480   else if (CXXConstructExpr *CCE = dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init))
1481     return !CCE->isListInitialization() &&
1482            CCE->getConstructor()->isDefaultConstructor();
1483   else if (Style == CXXNewExpr::ListInit) {
1484     assert(isa<InitListExpr>(Init) &&
1485            "Shouldn't create list CXXConstructExprs for arrays.");
1486     return true;
1487   }
1488   return false;
1489 }
1490 
1491 ExprResult
1492 Sema::BuildCXXNew(SourceRange Range, bool UseGlobal,
1493                   SourceLocation PlacementLParen,
1494                   MultiExprArg PlacementArgs,
1495                   SourceLocation PlacementRParen,
1496                   SourceRange TypeIdParens,
1497                   QualType AllocType,
1498                   TypeSourceInfo *AllocTypeInfo,
1499                   Expr *ArraySize,
1500                   SourceRange DirectInitRange,
1501                   Expr *Initializer,
1502                   bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
1503   SourceRange TypeRange = AllocTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange();
1504   SourceLocation StartLoc = Range.getBegin();
1505 
1506   CXXNewExpr::InitializationStyle initStyle;
1507   if (DirectInitRange.isValid()) {
1508     assert(Initializer && "Have parens but no initializer.");
1509     initStyle = CXXNewExpr::CallInit;
1510   } else if (Initializer && isa<InitListExpr>(Initializer))
1511     initStyle = CXXNewExpr::ListInit;
1512   else {
1513     assert((!Initializer || isa<ImplicitValueInitExpr>(Initializer) ||
1514             isa<CXXConstructExpr>(Initializer)) &&
1515            "Initializer expression that cannot have been implicitly created.");
1516     initStyle = CXXNewExpr::NoInit;
1517   }
1518 
1519   Expr **Inits = &Initializer;
1520   unsigned NumInits = Initializer ? 1 : 0;
1521   if (ParenListExpr *List = dyn_cast_or_null<ParenListExpr>(Initializer)) {
1522     assert(initStyle == CXXNewExpr::CallInit && "paren init for non-call init");
1523     Inits = List->getExprs();
1524     NumInits = List->getNumExprs();
1525   }
1526 
1527   // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for.
1528   if (TypeMayContainAuto && AllocType->isUndeducedType()) {
1529     if (initStyle == CXXNewExpr::NoInit || NumInits == 0)
1530       return ExprError(Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_auto_new_requires_ctor_arg)
1531                        << AllocType << TypeRange);
1532     if (initStyle == CXXNewExpr::ListInit ||
1533         (NumInits == 1 && isa<InitListExpr>(Inits[0])))
1534       return ExprError(Diag(Inits[0]->getLocStart(),
1535                             diag::err_auto_new_list_init)
1536                        << AllocType << TypeRange);
1537     if (NumInits > 1) {
1538       Expr *FirstBad = Inits[1];
1539       return ExprError(Diag(FirstBad->getLocStart(),
1540                             diag::err_auto_new_ctor_multiple_expressions)
1541                        << AllocType << TypeRange);
1542     }
1543     Expr *Deduce = Inits[0];
1544     QualType DeducedType;
1545     if (DeduceAutoType(AllocTypeInfo, Deduce, DeducedType) == DAR_Failed)
1546       return ExprError(Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_auto_new_deduction_failure)
1547                        << AllocType << Deduce->getType()
1548                        << TypeRange << Deduce->getSourceRange());
1549     if (DeducedType.isNull())
1550       return ExprError();
1551     AllocType = DeducedType;
1552   }
1553 
1554   // Per C++0x [expr.new]p5, the type being constructed may be a
1555   // typedef of an array type.
1556   if (!ArraySize) {
1557     if (const ConstantArrayType *Array
1558                               = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(AllocType)) {
1559       ArraySize = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Array->getSize(),
1560                                          Context.getSizeType(),
1561                                          TypeRange.getEnd());
1562       AllocType = Array->getElementType();
1563     }
1564   }
1565 
1566   if (CheckAllocatedType(AllocType, TypeRange.getBegin(), TypeRange))
1567     return ExprError();
1568 
1569   if (initStyle == CXXNewExpr::ListInit &&
1570       isStdInitializerList(AllocType, nullptr)) {
1571     Diag(AllocTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
1572          diag::warn_dangling_std_initializer_list)
1573         << /*at end of FE*/0 << Inits[0]->getSourceRange();
1574   }
1575 
1576   // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for the allocated
1577   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
1578       AllocType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None &&
1579       AllocType->isObjCLifetimeType()) {
1580     AllocType = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(AllocType,
1581                                     AllocType->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime());
1582   }
1583 
1584   QualType ResultType = Context.getPointerType(AllocType);
1585 
1586   if (ArraySize && ArraySize->getType()->isNonOverloadPlaceholderType()) {
1587     ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(ArraySize);
1588     if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
1589     ArraySize = result.get();
1590   }
1591   // C++98 5.3.4p6: "The expression in a direct-new-declarator shall have
1592   //   integral or enumeration type with a non-negative value."
1593   // C++11 [expr.new]p6: The expression [...] shall be of integral or unscoped
1594   //   enumeration type, or a class type for which a single non-explicit
1595   //   conversion function to integral or unscoped enumeration type exists.
1596   // C++1y [expr.new]p6: The expression [...] is implicitly converted to
1597   //   std::size_t.
1598   if (ArraySize && !ArraySize->isTypeDependent()) {
1599     ExprResult ConvertedSize;
1600     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) {
1601       assert(Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth() && "Builtin type of size 0?");
1602 
1603       ConvertedSize = PerformImplicitConversion(ArraySize, Context.getSizeType(),
1604 						AA_Converting);
1605 
1606       if (!ConvertedSize.isInvalid() &&
1607           ArraySize->getType()->getAs<RecordType>())
1608         // Diagnose the compatibility of this conversion.
1609         Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_cxx98_compat_array_size_conversion)
1610           << ArraySize->getType() << 0 << "'size_t'";
1611     } else {
1612       class SizeConvertDiagnoser : public ICEConvertDiagnoser {
1613       protected:
1614         Expr *ArraySize;
1615 
1616       public:
1617         SizeConvertDiagnoser(Expr *ArraySize)
1618             : ICEConvertDiagnoser(/*AllowScopedEnumerations*/false, false, false),
1619               ArraySize(ArraySize) {}
1620 
1621         SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNotInt(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
1622                                              QualType T) override {
1623           return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_size_not_integral)
1624                    << S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 << T;
1625         }
1626 
1627         SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseIncomplete(
1628             Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override {
1629           return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_size_incomplete_type)
1630                    << T << ArraySize->getSourceRange();
1631         }
1632 
1633         SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv(
1634             Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) override {
1635           return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_size_explicit_conversion) << T << ConvTy;
1636         }
1637 
1638         SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteExplicitConv(
1639             Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) override {
1640           return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_array_size_conversion)
1641                    << ConvTy->isEnumeralType() << ConvTy;
1642         }
1643 
1644         SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseAmbiguous(
1645             Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override {
1646           return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_size_ambiguous_conversion) << T;
1647         }
1648 
1649         SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteAmbiguous(
1650             Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) override {
1651           return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_array_size_conversion)
1652                    << ConvTy->isEnumeralType() << ConvTy;
1653         }
1654 
1655         SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
1656                                                  QualType T,
1657                                                  QualType ConvTy) override {
1658           return S.Diag(Loc,
1659                         S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11
1660                           ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_array_size_conversion
1661                           : diag::ext_array_size_conversion)
1662                    << T << ConvTy->isEnumeralType() << ConvTy;
1663         }
1664       } SizeDiagnoser(ArraySize);
1665 
1666       ConvertedSize = PerformContextualImplicitConversion(StartLoc, ArraySize,
1667                                                           SizeDiagnoser);
1668     }
1669     if (ConvertedSize.isInvalid())
1670       return ExprError();
1671 
1672     ArraySize = ConvertedSize.get();
1673     QualType SizeType = ArraySize->getType();
1674 
1675     if (!SizeType->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType())
1676       return ExprError();
1677 
1678     // C++98 [expr.new]p7:
1679     //   The expression in a direct-new-declarator shall have integral type
1680     //   with a non-negative value.
1681     //
1682     // Let's see if this is a constant < 0. If so, we reject it out of
1683     // hand. Otherwise, if it's not a constant, we must have an unparenthesized
1684     // array type.
1685     //
1686     // Note: such a construct has well-defined semantics in C++11: it throws
1687     // std::bad_array_new_length.
1688     if (!ArraySize->isValueDependent()) {
1689       llvm::APSInt Value;
1690       // We've already performed any required implicit conversion to integer or
1691       // unscoped enumeration type.
1692       if (ArraySize->isIntegerConstantExpr(Value, Context)) {
1693         if (Value < llvm::APSInt(
1694                         llvm::APInt::getNullValue(Value.getBitWidth()),
1695                                  Value.isUnsigned())) {
1696           if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
1697             Diag(ArraySize->getLocStart(),
1698                  diag::warn_typecheck_negative_array_new_size)
1699               << ArraySize->getSourceRange();
1700           else
1701             return ExprError(Diag(ArraySize->getLocStart(),
1702                                   diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size)
1703                              << ArraySize->getSourceRange());
1704         } else if (!AllocType->isDependentType()) {
1705           unsigned ActiveSizeBits =
1706             ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, AllocType, Value);
1707           if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) {
1708             if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
1709               Diag(ArraySize->getLocStart(),
1710                    diag::warn_array_new_too_large)
1711                 << Value.toString(10)
1712                 << ArraySize->getSourceRange();
1713             else
1714               return ExprError(Diag(ArraySize->getLocStart(),
1715                                     diag::err_array_too_large)
1716                                << Value.toString(10)
1717                                << ArraySize->getSourceRange());
1718           }
1719         }
1720       } else if (TypeIdParens.isValid()) {
1721         // Can't have dynamic array size when the type-id is in parentheses.
1722         Diag(ArraySize->getLocStart(), diag::ext_new_paren_array_nonconst)
1723           << ArraySize->getSourceRange()
1724           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(TypeIdParens.getBegin())
1725           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(TypeIdParens.getEnd());
1726 
1727         TypeIdParens = SourceRange();
1728       }
1729     }
1730 
1731     // Note that we do *not* convert the argument in any way.  It can
1732     // be signed, larger than size_t, whatever.
1733   }
1734 
1735   FunctionDecl *OperatorNew = nullptr;
1736   FunctionDecl *OperatorDelete = nullptr;
1737 
1738   if (!AllocType->isDependentType() &&
1739       !Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(PlacementArgs) &&
1740       FindAllocationFunctions(StartLoc,
1741                               SourceRange(PlacementLParen, PlacementRParen),
1742                               UseGlobal, AllocType, ArraySize, PlacementArgs,
1743                               OperatorNew, OperatorDelete))
1744     return ExprError();
1745 
1746   // If this is an array allocation, compute whether the usual array
1747   // deallocation function for the type has a size_t parameter.
1748   bool UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize = false;
1749   if (ArraySize && !AllocType->isDependentType())
1750     UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize
1751       = doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize(*this, StartLoc, AllocType);
1752 
1753   SmallVector<Expr *, 8> AllPlaceArgs;
1754   if (OperatorNew) {
1755     const FunctionProtoType *Proto =
1756         OperatorNew->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
1757     VariadicCallType CallType = Proto->isVariadic() ? VariadicFunction
1758                                                     : VariadicDoesNotApply;
1759 
1760     // We've already converted the placement args, just fill in any default
1761     // arguments. Skip the first parameter because we don't have a corresponding
1762     // argument.
1763     if (GatherArgumentsForCall(PlacementLParen, OperatorNew, Proto, 1,
1764                                PlacementArgs, AllPlaceArgs, CallType))
1765       return ExprError();
1766 
1767     if (!AllPlaceArgs.empty())
1768       PlacementArgs = AllPlaceArgs;
1769 
1770     // FIXME: This is wrong: PlacementArgs misses out the first (size) argument.
1771     DiagnoseSentinelCalls(OperatorNew, PlacementLParen, PlacementArgs);
1772 
1773     // FIXME: Missing call to CheckFunctionCall or equivalent
1774   }
1775 
1776   // Warn if the type is over-aligned and is being allocated by global operator
1777   // new.
1778   if (PlacementArgs.empty() && OperatorNew &&
1779       (OperatorNew->isImplicit() ||
1780        (OperatorNew->getLocStart().isValid() &&
1781         getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(OperatorNew->getLocStart())))) {
1782     if (unsigned Align = Context.getPreferredTypeAlign(AllocType.getTypePtr())){
1783       unsigned SuitableAlign = Context.getTargetInfo().getSuitableAlign();
1784       if (Align > SuitableAlign)
1785         Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_overaligned_type)
1786             << AllocType
1787             << unsigned(Align / Context.getCharWidth())
1788             << unsigned(SuitableAlign / Context.getCharWidth());
1789     }
1790   }
1791 
1792   QualType InitType = AllocType;
1793   // Array 'new' can't have any initializers except empty parentheses.
1794   // Initializer lists are also allowed, in C++11. Rely on the parser for the
1795   // dialect distinction.
1796   if (ResultType->isArrayType() || ArraySize) {
1797     if (!isLegalArrayNewInitializer(initStyle, Initializer)) {
1798       SourceRange InitRange(Inits[0]->getLocStart(),
1799                             Inits[NumInits - 1]->getLocEnd());
1800       Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_new_array_init_args) << InitRange;
1801       return ExprError();
1802     }
1803     if (InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast_or_null<InitListExpr>(Initializer)) {
1804       // We do the initialization typechecking against the array type
1805       // corresponding to the number of initializers + 1 (to also check
1806       // default-initialization).
1807       unsigned NumElements = ILE->getNumInits() + 1;
1808       InitType = Context.getConstantArrayType(AllocType,
1809           llvm::APInt(Context.getTypeSize(Context.getSizeType()), NumElements),
1810                                               ArrayType::Normal, 0);
1811     }
1812   }
1813 
1814   // If we can perform the initialization, and we've not already done so,
1815   // do it now.
1816   if (!AllocType->isDependentType() &&
1817       !Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(
1818           llvm::makeArrayRef(Inits, NumInits))) {
1819     // C++11 [expr.new]p15:
1820     //   A new-expression that creates an object of type T initializes that
1821     //   object as follows:
1822     InitializationKind Kind
1823     //     - If the new-initializer is omitted, the object is default-
1824     //       initialized (8.5); if no initialization is performed,
1825     //       the object has indeterminate value
1826       = initStyle == CXXNewExpr::NoInit
1827           ? InitializationKind::CreateDefault(TypeRange.getBegin())
1828     //     - Otherwise, the new-initializer is interpreted according to the
1829     //       initialization rules of 8.5 for direct-initialization.
1830           : initStyle == CXXNewExpr::ListInit
1831               ? InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(TypeRange.getBegin())
1832               : InitializationKind::CreateDirect(TypeRange.getBegin(),
1833                                                  DirectInitRange.getBegin(),
1834                                                  DirectInitRange.getEnd());
1835 
1836     InitializedEntity Entity
1837       = InitializedEntity::InitializeNew(StartLoc, InitType);
1838     InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, MultiExprArg(Inits, NumInits));
1839     ExprResult FullInit = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind,
1840                                           MultiExprArg(Inits, NumInits));
1841     if (FullInit.isInvalid())
1842       return ExprError();
1843 
1844     // FullInit is our initializer; strip off CXXBindTemporaryExprs, because
1845     // we don't want the initialized object to be destructed.
1846     if (CXXBindTemporaryExpr *Binder =
1847             dyn_cast_or_null<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(FullInit.get()))
1848       FullInit = Binder->getSubExpr();
1849 
1850     Initializer = FullInit.get();
1851   }
1852 
1853   // Mark the new and delete operators as referenced.
1854   if (OperatorNew) {
1855     if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OperatorNew, StartLoc))
1856       return ExprError();
1857     MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, OperatorNew);
1858   }
1859   if (OperatorDelete) {
1860     if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OperatorDelete, StartLoc))
1861       return ExprError();
1862     MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, OperatorDelete);
1863   }
1864 
1865   // C++0x [expr.new]p17:
1866   //   If the new expression creates an array of objects of class type,
1867   //   access and ambiguity control are done for the destructor.
1868   QualType BaseAllocType = Context.getBaseElementType(AllocType);
1869   if (ArraySize && !BaseAllocType->isDependentType()) {
1870     if (const RecordType *BaseRecordType = BaseAllocType->getAs<RecordType>()) {
1871       if (CXXDestructorDecl *dtor = LookupDestructor(
1872               cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRecordType->getDecl()))) {
1873         MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, dtor);
1874         CheckDestructorAccess(StartLoc, dtor,
1875                               PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor)
1876                                 << BaseAllocType);
1877         if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(dtor, StartLoc))
1878           return ExprError();
1879       }
1880     }
1881   }
1882 
1883   return new (Context)
1884       CXXNewExpr(Context, UseGlobal, OperatorNew, OperatorDelete,
1885                  UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize, PlacementArgs, TypeIdParens,
1886                  ArraySize, initStyle, Initializer, ResultType, AllocTypeInfo,
1887                  Range, DirectInitRange);
1888 }
1889 
1890 /// \brief Checks that a type is suitable as the allocated type
1891 /// in a new-expression.
1892 bool Sema::CheckAllocatedType(QualType AllocType, SourceLocation Loc,
1893                               SourceRange R) {
1894   // C++ 5.3.4p1: "[The] type shall be a complete object type, but not an
1895   //   abstract class type or array thereof.
1896   if (AllocType->isFunctionType())
1897     return Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_new_type)
1898       << AllocType << 0 << R;
1899   else if (AllocType->isReferenceType())
1900     return Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_new_type)
1901       << AllocType << 1 << R;
1902   else if (!AllocType->isDependentType() &&
1903            RequireCompleteType(Loc, AllocType, diag::err_new_incomplete_type,R))
1904     return true;
1905   else if (RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, AllocType,
1906                                   diag::err_allocation_of_abstract_type))
1907     return true;
1908   else if (AllocType->isVariablyModifiedType())
1909     return Diag(Loc, diag::err_variably_modified_new_type)
1910              << AllocType;
1911   else if (unsigned AddressSpace = AllocType.getAddressSpace())
1912     return Diag(Loc, diag::err_address_space_qualified_new)
1913       << AllocType.getUnqualifiedType() << AddressSpace;
1914   else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) {
1915     if (const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(AllocType)) {
1916       QualType BaseAllocType = Context.getBaseElementType(AT);
1917       if (BaseAllocType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None &&
1918           BaseAllocType->isObjCLifetimeType())
1919         return Diag(Loc, diag::err_arc_new_array_without_ownership)
1920           << BaseAllocType;
1921     }
1922   }
1923 
1924   return false;
1925 }
1926 
1927 /// \brief Determine whether the given function is a non-placement
1928 /// deallocation function.
1929 static bool isNonPlacementDeallocationFunction(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) {
1930   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
1931     return false;
1932 
1933   if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD))
1934     return Method->isUsualDeallocationFunction();
1935 
1936   if (FD->getOverloadedOperator() != OO_Delete &&
1937       FD->getOverloadedOperator() != OO_Array_Delete)
1938     return false;
1939 
1940   if (FD->getNumParams() == 1)
1941     return true;
1942 
1943   return S.getLangOpts().SizedDeallocation && FD->getNumParams() == 2 &&
1944          S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FD->getParamDecl(1)->getType(),
1945                                           S.Context.getSizeType());
1946 }
1947 
1948 /// FindAllocationFunctions - Finds the overloads of operator new and delete
1949 /// that are appropriate for the allocation.
1950 bool Sema::FindAllocationFunctions(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range,
1951                                    bool UseGlobal, QualType AllocType,
1952                                    bool IsArray, MultiExprArg PlaceArgs,
1953                                    FunctionDecl *&OperatorNew,
1954                                    FunctionDecl *&OperatorDelete) {
1955   // --- Choosing an allocation function ---
1956   // C++ 5.3.4p8 - 14 & 18
1957   // 1) If UseGlobal is true, only look in the global scope. Else, also look
1958   //   in the scope of the allocated class.
1959   // 2) If an array size is given, look for operator new[], else look for
1960   //   operator new.
1961   // 3) The first argument is always size_t. Append the arguments from the
1962   //   placement form.
1963 
1964   SmallVector<Expr*, 8> AllocArgs(1 + PlaceArgs.size());
1965   // We don't care about the actual value of this argument.
1966   // FIXME: Should the Sema create the expression and embed it in the syntax
1967   // tree? Or should the consumer just recalculate the value?
1968   IntegerLiteral Size(Context, llvm::APInt::getNullValue(
1969                       Context.getTargetInfo().getPointerWidth(0)),
1970                       Context.getSizeType(),
1971                       SourceLocation());
1972   AllocArgs[0] = &Size;
1973   std::copy(PlaceArgs.begin(), PlaceArgs.end(), AllocArgs.begin() + 1);
1974 
1975   // C++ [expr.new]p8:
1976   //   If the allocated type is a non-array type, the allocation
1977   //   function's name is operator new and the deallocation function's
1978   //   name is operator delete. If the allocated type is an array
1979   //   type, the allocation function's name is operator new[] and the
1980   //   deallocation function's name is operator delete[].
1981   DeclarationName NewName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(
1982                                         IsArray ? OO_Array_New : OO_New);
1983   DeclarationName DeleteName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(
1984                                         IsArray ? OO_Array_Delete : OO_Delete);
1985 
1986   QualType AllocElemType = Context.getBaseElementType(AllocType);
1987 
1988   if (AllocElemType->isRecordType() && !UseGlobal) {
1989     CXXRecordDecl *Record
1990       = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(AllocElemType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
1991     if (FindAllocationOverload(StartLoc, Range, NewName, AllocArgs, Record,
1992                                /*AllowMissing=*/true, OperatorNew))
1993       return true;
1994   }
1995 
1996   if (!OperatorNew) {
1997     // Didn't find a member overload. Look for a global one.
1998     DeclareGlobalNewDelete();
1999     DeclContext *TUDecl = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
2000     bool FallbackEnabled = IsArray && Context.getLangOpts().MSVCCompat;
2001     if (FindAllocationOverload(StartLoc, Range, NewName, AllocArgs, TUDecl,
2002                                /*AllowMissing=*/FallbackEnabled, OperatorNew,
2003                                /*Diagnose=*/!FallbackEnabled)) {
2004       if (!FallbackEnabled)
2005         return true;
2006 
2007       // MSVC will fall back on trying to find a matching global operator new
2008       // if operator new[] cannot be found.  Also, MSVC will leak by not
2009       // generating a call to operator delete or operator delete[], but we
2010       // will not replicate that bug.
2011       NewName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_New);
2012       DeleteName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Delete);
2013       if (FindAllocationOverload(StartLoc, Range, NewName, AllocArgs, TUDecl,
2014                                /*AllowMissing=*/false, OperatorNew))
2015       return true;
2016     }
2017   }
2018 
2019   // We don't need an operator delete if we're running under
2020   // -fno-exceptions.
2021   if (!getLangOpts().Exceptions) {
2022     OperatorDelete = nullptr;
2023     return false;
2024   }
2025 
2026   // C++ [expr.new]p19:
2027   //
2028   //   If the new-expression begins with a unary :: operator, the
2029   //   deallocation function's name is looked up in the global
2030   //   scope. Otherwise, if the allocated type is a class type T or an
2031   //   array thereof, the deallocation function's name is looked up in
2032   //   the scope of T. If this lookup fails to find the name, or if
2033   //   the allocated type is not a class type or array thereof, the
2034   //   deallocation function's name is looked up in the global scope.
2035   LookupResult FoundDelete(*this, DeleteName, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
2036   if (AllocElemType->isRecordType() && !UseGlobal) {
2037     CXXRecordDecl *RD
2038       = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(AllocElemType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
2039     LookupQualifiedName(FoundDelete, RD);
2040   }
2041   if (FoundDelete.isAmbiguous())
2042     return true; // FIXME: clean up expressions?
2043 
2044   if (FoundDelete.empty()) {
2045     DeclareGlobalNewDelete();
2046     LookupQualifiedName(FoundDelete, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
2047   }
2048 
2049   FoundDelete.suppressDiagnostics();
2050 
2051   SmallVector<std::pair<DeclAccessPair,FunctionDecl*>, 2> Matches;
2052 
2053   // Whether we're looking for a placement operator delete is dictated
2054   // by whether we selected a placement operator new, not by whether
2055   // we had explicit placement arguments.  This matters for things like
2056   //   struct A { void *operator new(size_t, int = 0); ... };
2057   //   A *a = new A()
2058   bool isPlacementNew = (!PlaceArgs.empty() || OperatorNew->param_size() != 1);
2059 
2060   if (isPlacementNew) {
2061     // C++ [expr.new]p20:
2062     //   A declaration of a placement deallocation function matches the
2063     //   declaration of a placement allocation function if it has the
2064     //   same number of parameters and, after parameter transformations
2065     //   (8.3.5), all parameter types except the first are
2066     //   identical. [...]
2067     //
2068     // To perform this comparison, we compute the function type that
2069     // the deallocation function should have, and use that type both
2070     // for template argument deduction and for comparison purposes.
2071     //
2072     // FIXME: this comparison should ignore CC and the like.
2073     QualType ExpectedFunctionType;
2074     {
2075       const FunctionProtoType *Proto
2076         = OperatorNew->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
2077 
2078       SmallVector<QualType, 4> ArgTypes;
2079       ArgTypes.push_back(Context.VoidPtrTy);
2080       for (unsigned I = 1, N = Proto->getNumParams(); I < N; ++I)
2081         ArgTypes.push_back(Proto->getParamType(I));
2082 
2083       FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;
2084       EPI.Variadic = Proto->isVariadic();
2085 
2086       ExpectedFunctionType
2087         = Context.getFunctionType(Context.VoidTy, ArgTypes, EPI);
2088     }
2089 
2090     for (LookupResult::iterator D = FoundDelete.begin(),
2091                              DEnd = FoundDelete.end();
2092          D != DEnd; ++D) {
2093       FunctionDecl *Fn = nullptr;
2094       if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FnTmpl
2095             = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>((*D)->getUnderlyingDecl())) {
2096         // Perform template argument deduction to try to match the
2097         // expected function type.
2098         TemplateDeductionInfo Info(StartLoc);
2099         if (DeduceTemplateArguments(FnTmpl, nullptr, ExpectedFunctionType, Fn,
2100                                     Info))
2101           continue;
2102       } else
2103         Fn = cast<FunctionDecl>((*D)->getUnderlyingDecl());
2104 
2105       if (Context.hasSameType(Fn->getType(), ExpectedFunctionType))
2106         Matches.push_back(std::make_pair(D.getPair(), Fn));
2107     }
2108   } else {
2109     // C++ [expr.new]p20:
2110     //   [...] Any non-placement deallocation function matches a
2111     //   non-placement allocation function. [...]
2112     for (LookupResult::iterator D = FoundDelete.begin(),
2113                              DEnd = FoundDelete.end();
2114          D != DEnd; ++D) {
2115       if (FunctionDecl *Fn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>((*D)->getUnderlyingDecl()))
2116         if (isNonPlacementDeallocationFunction(*this, Fn))
2117           Matches.push_back(std::make_pair(D.getPair(), Fn));
2118     }
2119 
2120     // C++1y [expr.new]p22:
2121     //   For a non-placement allocation function, the normal deallocation
2122     //   function lookup is used
2123     // C++1y [expr.delete]p?:
2124     //   If [...] deallocation function lookup finds both a usual deallocation
2125     //   function with only a pointer parameter and a usual deallocation
2126     //   function with both a pointer parameter and a size parameter, then the
2127     //   selected deallocation function shall be the one with two parameters.
2128     //   Otherwise, the selected deallocation function shall be the function
2129     //   with one parameter.
2130     if (getLangOpts().SizedDeallocation && Matches.size() == 2) {
2131       if (Matches[0].second->getNumParams() == 1)
2132         Matches.erase(Matches.begin());
2133       else
2134         Matches.erase(Matches.begin() + 1);
2135       assert(Matches[0].second->getNumParams() == 2 &&
2136              "found an unexpected usual deallocation function");
2137     }
2138   }
2139 
2140   // C++ [expr.new]p20:
2141   //   [...] If the lookup finds a single matching deallocation
2142   //   function, that function will be called; otherwise, no
2143   //   deallocation function will be called.
2144   if (Matches.size() == 1) {
2145     OperatorDelete = Matches[0].second;
2146 
2147     // C++0x [expr.new]p20:
2148     //   If the lookup finds the two-parameter form of a usual
2149     //   deallocation function (3.7.4.2) and that function, considered
2150     //   as a placement deallocation function, would have been
2151     //   selected as a match for the allocation function, the program
2152     //   is ill-formed.
2153     if (!PlaceArgs.empty() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 &&
2154         isNonPlacementDeallocationFunction(*this, OperatorDelete)) {
2155       Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_placement_new_non_placement_delete)
2156         << SourceRange(PlaceArgs.front()->getLocStart(),
2157                        PlaceArgs.back()->getLocEnd());
2158       if (!OperatorDelete->isImplicit())
2159         Diag(OperatorDelete->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
2160           << DeleteName;
2161     } else {
2162       CheckAllocationAccess(StartLoc, Range, FoundDelete.getNamingClass(),
2163                             Matches[0].first);
2164     }
2165   }
2166 
2167   return false;
2168 }
2169 
2170 /// \brief Find an fitting overload for the allocation function
2171 /// in the specified scope.
2172 ///
2173 /// \param StartLoc The location of the 'new' token.
2174 /// \param Range The range of the placement arguments.
2175 /// \param Name The name of the function ('operator new' or 'operator new[]').
2176 /// \param Args The placement arguments specified.
2177 /// \param Ctx The scope in which we should search; either a class scope or the
2178 ///        translation unit.
2179 /// \param AllowMissing If \c true, report an error if we can't find any
2180 ///        allocation functions. Otherwise, succeed but don't fill in \p
2181 ///        Operator.
2182 /// \param Operator Filled in with the found allocation function. Unchanged if
2183 ///        no allocation function was found.
2184 /// \param Diagnose If \c true, issue errors if the allocation function is not
2185 ///        usable.
2186 bool Sema::FindAllocationOverload(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range,
2187                                   DeclarationName Name, MultiExprArg Args,
2188                                   DeclContext *Ctx,
2189                                   bool AllowMissing, FunctionDecl *&Operator,
2190                                   bool Diagnose) {
2191   LookupResult R(*this, Name, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
2192   LookupQualifiedName(R, Ctx);
2193   if (R.empty()) {
2194     if (AllowMissing || !Diagnose)
2195       return false;
2196     return Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_ovl_no_viable_function_in_call)
2197       << Name << Range;
2198   }
2199 
2200   if (R.isAmbiguous())
2201     return true;
2202 
2203   R.suppressDiagnostics();
2204 
2205   OverloadCandidateSet Candidates(StartLoc, OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal);
2206   for (LookupResult::iterator Alloc = R.begin(), AllocEnd = R.end();
2207        Alloc != AllocEnd; ++Alloc) {
2208     // Even member operator new/delete are implicitly treated as
2209     // static, so don't use AddMemberCandidate.
2210     NamedDecl *D = (*Alloc)->getUnderlyingDecl();
2211 
2212     if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FnTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) {
2213       AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FnTemplate, Alloc.getPair(),
2214                                    /*ExplicitTemplateArgs=*/nullptr,
2215                                    Args, Candidates,
2216                                    /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false);
2217       continue;
2218     }
2219 
2220     FunctionDecl *Fn = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
2221     AddOverloadCandidate(Fn, Alloc.getPair(), Args, Candidates,
2222                          /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false);
2223   }
2224 
2225   // Do the resolution.
2226   OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
2227   switch (Candidates.BestViableFunction(*this, StartLoc, Best)) {
2228   case OR_Success: {
2229     // Got one!
2230     FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
2231     if (CheckAllocationAccess(StartLoc, Range, R.getNamingClass(),
2232                               Best->FoundDecl, Diagnose) == AR_inaccessible)
2233       return true;
2234 
2235     Operator = FnDecl;
2236     return false;
2237   }
2238 
2239   case OR_No_Viable_Function:
2240     if (Diagnose) {
2241       Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_ovl_no_viable_function_in_call)
2242         << Name << Range;
2243       Candidates.NoteCandidates(*this, OCD_AllCandidates, Args);
2244     }
2245     return true;
2246 
2247   case OR_Ambiguous:
2248     if (Diagnose) {
2249       Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_call)
2250         << Name << Range;
2251       Candidates.NoteCandidates(*this, OCD_ViableCandidates, Args);
2252     }
2253     return true;
2254 
2255   case OR_Deleted: {
2256     if (Diagnose) {
2257       Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_call)
2258         << Best->Function->isDeleted()
2259         << Name
2260         << getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(Best->Function)
2261         << Range;
2262       Candidates.NoteCandidates(*this, OCD_AllCandidates, Args);
2263     }
2264     return true;
2265   }
2266   }
2267   llvm_unreachable("Unreachable, bad result from BestViableFunction");
2268 }
2269 
2270 
2271 /// DeclareGlobalNewDelete - Declare the global forms of operator new and
2272 /// delete. These are:
2273 /// @code
2274 ///   // C++03:
2275 ///   void* operator new(std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc);
2276 ///   void* operator new[](std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc);
2277 ///   void operator delete(void *) throw();
2278 ///   void operator delete[](void *) throw();
2279 ///   // C++11:
2280 ///   void* operator new(std::size_t);
2281 ///   void* operator new[](std::size_t);
2282 ///   void operator delete(void *) noexcept;
2283 ///   void operator delete[](void *) noexcept;
2284 ///   // C++1y:
2285 ///   void* operator new(std::size_t);
2286 ///   void* operator new[](std::size_t);
2287 ///   void operator delete(void *) noexcept;
2288 ///   void operator delete[](void *) noexcept;
2289 ///   void operator delete(void *, std::size_t) noexcept;
2290 ///   void operator delete[](void *, std::size_t) noexcept;
2291 /// @endcode
2292 /// Note that the placement and nothrow forms of new are *not* implicitly
2293 /// declared. Their use requires including \<new\>.
2294 void Sema::DeclareGlobalNewDelete() {
2295   if (GlobalNewDeleteDeclared)
2296     return;
2297 
2298   // C++ [basic.std.dynamic]p2:
2299   //   [...] The following allocation and deallocation functions (18.4) are
2300   //   implicitly declared in global scope in each translation unit of a
2301   //   program
2302   //
2303   //     C++03:
2304   //     void* operator new(std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc);
2305   //     void* operator new[](std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc);
2306   //     void  operator delete(void*) throw();
2307   //     void  operator delete[](void*) throw();
2308   //     C++11:
2309   //     void* operator new(std::size_t);
2310   //     void* operator new[](std::size_t);
2311   //     void  operator delete(void*) noexcept;
2312   //     void  operator delete[](void*) noexcept;
2313   //     C++1y:
2314   //     void* operator new(std::size_t);
2315   //     void* operator new[](std::size_t);
2316   //     void  operator delete(void*) noexcept;
2317   //     void  operator delete[](void*) noexcept;
2318   //     void  operator delete(void*, std::size_t) noexcept;
2319   //     void  operator delete[](void*, std::size_t) noexcept;
2320   //
2321   //   These implicit declarations introduce only the function names operator
2322   //   new, operator new[], operator delete, operator delete[].
2323   //
2324   // Here, we need to refer to std::bad_alloc, so we will implicitly declare
2325   // "std" or "bad_alloc" as necessary to form the exception specification.
2326   // However, we do not make these implicit declarations visible to name
2327   // lookup.
2328   if (!StdBadAlloc && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
2329     // The "std::bad_alloc" class has not yet been declared, so build it
2330     // implicitly.
2331     StdBadAlloc = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, TTK_Class,
2332                                         getOrCreateStdNamespace(),
2333                                         SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
2334                                       &PP.getIdentifierTable().get("bad_alloc"),
2335                                         nullptr);
2336     getStdBadAlloc()->setImplicit(true);
2337   }
2338 
2339   GlobalNewDeleteDeclared = true;
2340 
2341   QualType VoidPtr = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
2342   QualType SizeT = Context.getSizeType();
2343 
2344   DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(
2345       Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_New),
2346       VoidPtr, SizeT, QualType());
2347   DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(
2348       Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Array_New),
2349       VoidPtr, SizeT, QualType());
2350   DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(
2351       Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Delete),
2352       Context.VoidTy, VoidPtr);
2353   DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(
2354       Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Array_Delete),
2355       Context.VoidTy, VoidPtr);
2356   if (getLangOpts().SizedDeallocation) {
2357     DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(
2358         Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Delete),
2359         Context.VoidTy, VoidPtr, Context.getSizeType());
2360     DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(
2361         Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Array_Delete),
2362         Context.VoidTy, VoidPtr, Context.getSizeType());
2363   }
2364 }
2365 
2366 /// DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction - Declares a single implicit global
2367 /// allocation function if it doesn't already exist.
2368 void Sema::DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(DeclarationName Name,
2369                                            QualType Return,
2370                                            QualType Param1, QualType Param2) {
2371   DeclContext *GlobalCtx = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
2372   unsigned NumParams = Param2.isNull() ? 1 : 2;
2373 
2374   // Check if this function is already declared.
2375   DeclContext::lookup_result R = GlobalCtx->lookup(Name);
2376   for (DeclContext::lookup_iterator Alloc = R.begin(), AllocEnd = R.end();
2377        Alloc != AllocEnd; ++Alloc) {
2378     // Only look at non-template functions, as it is the predefined,
2379     // non-templated allocation function we are trying to declare here.
2380     if (FunctionDecl *Func = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Alloc)) {
2381       if (Func->getNumParams() == NumParams) {
2382         QualType InitialParam1Type =
2383             Context.getCanonicalType(Func->getParamDecl(0)
2384                                          ->getType().getUnqualifiedType());
2385         QualType InitialParam2Type =
2386             NumParams == 2
2387                 ? Context.getCanonicalType(Func->getParamDecl(1)
2388                                                ->getType().getUnqualifiedType())
2389                 : QualType();
2390         // FIXME: Do we need to check for default arguments here?
2391         if (InitialParam1Type == Param1 &&
2392             (NumParams == 1 || InitialParam2Type == Param2)) {
2393           // Make the function visible to name lookup, even if we found it in
2394           // an unimported module. It either is an implicitly-declared global
2395           // allocation function, or is suppressing that function.
2396           Func->setHidden(false);
2397           return;
2398         }
2399       }
2400     }
2401   }
2402 
2403   FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;
2404 
2405   QualType BadAllocType;
2406   bool HasBadAllocExceptionSpec
2407     = (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_New ||
2408        Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New);
2409   if (HasBadAllocExceptionSpec) {
2410     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
2411       BadAllocType = Context.getTypeDeclType(getStdBadAlloc());
2412       assert(StdBadAlloc && "Must have std::bad_alloc declared");
2413       EPI.ExceptionSpec.Type = EST_Dynamic;
2414       EPI.ExceptionSpec.Exceptions = llvm::makeArrayRef(BadAllocType);
2415     }
2416   } else {
2417     EPI.ExceptionSpec =
2418         getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ? EST_BasicNoexcept : EST_DynamicNone;
2419   }
2420 
2421   QualType Params[] = { Param1, Param2 };
2422 
2423   QualType FnType = Context.getFunctionType(
2424       Return, llvm::makeArrayRef(Params, NumParams), EPI);
2425   FunctionDecl *Alloc =
2426     FunctionDecl::Create(Context, GlobalCtx, SourceLocation(),
2427                          SourceLocation(), Name,
2428                          FnType, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, SC_None, false, true);
2429   Alloc->setImplicit();
2430 
2431   // Implicit sized deallocation functions always have default visibility.
2432   Alloc->addAttr(VisibilityAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
2433                                                 VisibilityAttr::Default));
2434 
2435   ParmVarDecl *ParamDecls[2];
2436   for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumParams; ++I) {
2437     ParamDecls[I] = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, Alloc, SourceLocation(),
2438                                         SourceLocation(), nullptr,
2439                                         Params[I], /*TInfo=*/nullptr,
2440                                         SC_None, nullptr);
2441     ParamDecls[I]->setImplicit();
2442   }
2443   Alloc->setParams(llvm::makeArrayRef(ParamDecls, NumParams));
2444 
2445   Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Alloc);
2446   IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(Alloc, Name);
2447 }
2448 
2449 FunctionDecl *Sema::FindUsualDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc,
2450                                                   bool CanProvideSize,
2451                                                   DeclarationName Name) {
2452   DeclareGlobalNewDelete();
2453 
2454   LookupResult FoundDelete(*this, Name, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
2455   LookupQualifiedName(FoundDelete, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
2456 
2457   // C++ [expr.new]p20:
2458   //   [...] Any non-placement deallocation function matches a
2459   //   non-placement allocation function. [...]
2460   llvm::SmallVector<FunctionDecl*, 2> Matches;
2461   for (LookupResult::iterator D = FoundDelete.begin(),
2462                            DEnd = FoundDelete.end();
2463        D != DEnd; ++D) {
2464     if (FunctionDecl *Fn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*D))
2465       if (isNonPlacementDeallocationFunction(*this, Fn))
2466         Matches.push_back(Fn);
2467   }
2468 
2469   // C++1y [expr.delete]p?:
2470   //   If the type is complete and deallocation function lookup finds both a
2471   //   usual deallocation function with only a pointer parameter and a usual
2472   //   deallocation function with both a pointer parameter and a size
2473   //   parameter, then the selected deallocation function shall be the one
2474   //   with two parameters.  Otherwise, the selected deallocation function
2475   //   shall be the function with one parameter.
2476   if (getLangOpts().SizedDeallocation && Matches.size() == 2) {
2477     unsigned NumArgs = CanProvideSize ? 2 : 1;
2478     if (Matches[0]->getNumParams() != NumArgs)
2479       Matches.erase(Matches.begin());
2480     else
2481       Matches.erase(Matches.begin() + 1);
2482     assert(Matches[0]->getNumParams() == NumArgs &&
2483            "found an unexpected usual deallocation function");
2484   }
2485 
2486   if (getLangOpts().CUDA)
2487     EraseUnwantedCUDAMatches(dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext), Matches);
2488 
2489   assert(Matches.size() == 1 &&
2490          "unexpectedly have multiple usual deallocation functions");
2491   return Matches.front();
2492 }
2493 
2494 bool Sema::FindDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, CXXRecordDecl *RD,
2495                                     DeclarationName Name,
2496                                     FunctionDecl* &Operator, bool Diagnose) {
2497   LookupResult Found(*this, Name, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
2498   // Try to find operator delete/operator delete[] in class scope.
2499   LookupQualifiedName(Found, RD);
2500 
2501   if (Found.isAmbiguous())
2502     return true;
2503 
2504   Found.suppressDiagnostics();
2505 
2506   SmallVector<DeclAccessPair,4> Matches;
2507   for (LookupResult::iterator F = Found.begin(), FEnd = Found.end();
2508        F != FEnd; ++F) {
2509     NamedDecl *ND = (*F)->getUnderlyingDecl();
2510 
2511     // Ignore template operator delete members from the check for a usual
2512     // deallocation function.
2513     if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND))
2514       continue;
2515 
2516     if (cast<CXXMethodDecl>(ND)->isUsualDeallocationFunction())
2517       Matches.push_back(F.getPair());
2518   }
2519 
2520   if (getLangOpts().CUDA)
2521     EraseUnwantedCUDAMatches(dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext), Matches);
2522 
2523   // There's exactly one suitable operator;  pick it.
2524   if (Matches.size() == 1) {
2525     Operator = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Matches[0]->getUnderlyingDecl());
2526 
2527     if (Operator->isDeleted()) {
2528       if (Diagnose) {
2529         Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_deleted_function_use);
2530         NoteDeletedFunction(Operator);
2531       }
2532       return true;
2533     }
2534 
2535     if (CheckAllocationAccess(StartLoc, SourceRange(), Found.getNamingClass(),
2536                               Matches[0], Diagnose) == AR_inaccessible)
2537       return true;
2538 
2539     return false;
2540 
2541   // We found multiple suitable operators;  complain about the ambiguity.
2542   } else if (!Matches.empty()) {
2543     if (Diagnose) {
2544       Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_ambiguous_suitable_delete_member_function_found)
2545         << Name << RD;
2546 
2547       for (SmallVectorImpl<DeclAccessPair>::iterator
2548              F = Matches.begin(), FEnd = Matches.end(); F != FEnd; ++F)
2549         Diag((*F)->getUnderlyingDecl()->getLocation(),
2550              diag::note_member_declared_here) << Name;
2551     }
2552     return true;
2553   }
2554 
2555   // We did find operator delete/operator delete[] declarations, but
2556   // none of them were suitable.
2557   if (!Found.empty()) {
2558     if (Diagnose) {
2559       Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_no_suitable_delete_member_function_found)
2560         << Name << RD;
2561 
2562       for (LookupResult::iterator F = Found.begin(), FEnd = Found.end();
2563            F != FEnd; ++F)
2564         Diag((*F)->getUnderlyingDecl()->getLocation(),
2565              diag::note_member_declared_here) << Name;
2566     }
2567     return true;
2568   }
2569 
2570   Operator = nullptr;
2571   return false;
2572 }
2573 
2574 namespace {
2575 /// \brief Checks whether delete-expression, and new-expression used for
2576 ///  initializing deletee have the same array form.
2577 class MismatchingNewDeleteDetector {
2578 public:
2579   enum MismatchResult {
2580     /// Indicates that there is no mismatch or a mismatch cannot be proven.
2581     NoMismatch,
2582     /// Indicates that variable is initialized with mismatching form of \a new.
2583     VarInitMismatches,
2584     /// Indicates that member is initialized with mismatching form of \a new.
2585     MemberInitMismatches,
2586     /// Indicates that 1 or more constructors' definitions could not been
2587     /// analyzed, and they will be checked again at the end of translation unit.
2588     AnalyzeLater
2589   };
2590 
2591   /// \param EndOfTU True, if this is the final analysis at the end of
2592   /// translation unit. False, if this is the initial analysis at the point
2593   /// delete-expression was encountered.
2594   explicit MismatchingNewDeleteDetector(bool EndOfTU)
2595       : IsArrayForm(false), Field(nullptr), EndOfTU(EndOfTU),
2596         HasUndefinedConstructors(false) {}
2597 
2598   /// \brief Checks whether pointee of a delete-expression is initialized with
2599   /// matching form of new-expression.
2600   ///
2601   /// If return value is \c VarInitMismatches or \c MemberInitMismatches at the
2602   /// point where delete-expression is encountered, then a warning will be
2603   /// issued immediately. If return value is \c AnalyzeLater at the point where
2604   /// delete-expression is seen, then member will be analyzed at the end of
2605   /// translation unit. \c AnalyzeLater is returned iff at least one constructor
2606   /// couldn't be analyzed. If at least one constructor initializes the member
2607   /// with matching type of new, the return value is \c NoMismatch.
2608   MismatchResult analyzeDeleteExpr(const CXXDeleteExpr *DE);
2609   /// \brief Analyzes a class member.
2610   /// \param Field Class member to analyze.
2611   /// \param DeleteWasArrayForm Array form-ness of the delete-expression used
2612   /// for deleting the \p Field.
2613   MismatchResult analyzeField(FieldDecl *Field, bool DeleteWasArrayForm);
2614   /// List of mismatching new-expressions used for initialization of the pointee
2615   llvm::SmallVector<const CXXNewExpr *, 4> NewExprs;
2616   /// Indicates whether delete-expression was in array form.
2617   bool IsArrayForm;
2618   FieldDecl *Field;
2619 
2620 private:
2621   const bool EndOfTU;
2622   /// \brief Indicates that there is at least one constructor without body.
2623   bool HasUndefinedConstructors;
2624   /// \brief Returns \c CXXNewExpr from given initialization expression.
2625   /// \param E Expression used for initializing pointee in delete-expression.
2626   /// E can be a single-element \c InitListExpr consisting of new-expression.
2627   const CXXNewExpr *getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(const Expr *E);
2628   /// \brief Returns whether member is initialized with mismatching form of
2629   /// \c new either by the member initializer or in-class initialization.
2630   ///
2631   /// If bodies of all constructors are not visible at the end of translation
2632   /// unit or at least one constructor initializes member with the matching
2633   /// form of \c new, mismatch cannot be proven, and this function will return
2634   /// \c NoMismatch.
2635   MismatchResult analyzeMemberExpr(const MemberExpr *ME);
2636   /// \brief Returns whether variable is initialized with mismatching form of
2637   /// \c new.
2638   ///
2639   /// If variable is initialized with matching form of \c new or variable is not
2640   /// initialized with a \c new expression, this function will return true.
2641   /// If variable is initialized with mismatching form of \c new, returns false.
2642   /// \param D Variable to analyze.
2643   bool hasMatchingVarInit(const DeclRefExpr *D);
2644   /// \brief Checks whether the constructor initializes pointee with mismatching
2645   /// form of \c new.
2646   ///
2647   /// Returns true, if member is initialized with matching form of \c new in
2648   /// member initializer list. Returns false, if member is initialized with the
2649   /// matching form of \c new in this constructor's initializer or given
2650   /// constructor isn't defined at the point where delete-expression is seen, or
2651   /// member isn't initialized by the constructor.
2652   bool hasMatchingNewInCtor(const CXXConstructorDecl *CD);
2653   /// \brief Checks whether member is initialized with matching form of
2654   /// \c new in member initializer list.
2655   bool hasMatchingNewInCtorInit(const CXXCtorInitializer *CI);
2656   /// Checks whether member is initialized with mismatching form of \c new by
2657   /// in-class initializer.
2658   MismatchResult analyzeInClassInitializer();
2659 };
2660 }
2661 
2662 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MismatchResult
2663 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::analyzeDeleteExpr(const CXXDeleteExpr *DE) {
2664   NewExprs.clear();
2665   assert(DE && "Expected delete-expression");
2666   IsArrayForm = DE->isArrayForm();
2667   const Expr *E = DE->getArgument()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
2668   if (const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<const MemberExpr>(E)) {
2669     return analyzeMemberExpr(ME);
2670   } else if (const DeclRefExpr *D = dyn_cast<const DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
2671     if (!hasMatchingVarInit(D))
2672       return VarInitMismatches;
2673   }
2674   return NoMismatch;
2675 }
2676 
2677 const CXXNewExpr *
2678 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(const Expr *E) {
2679   assert(E != nullptr && "Expected a valid initializer expression");
2680   E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
2681   if (const InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<const InitListExpr>(E)) {
2682     if (ILE->getNumInits() == 1)
2683       E = dyn_cast<const CXXNewExpr>(ILE->getInit(0)->IgnoreParenImpCasts());
2684   }
2685 
2686   return dyn_cast_or_null<const CXXNewExpr>(E);
2687 }
2688 
2689 bool MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::hasMatchingNewInCtorInit(
2690     const CXXCtorInitializer *CI) {
2691   const CXXNewExpr *NE = nullptr;
2692   if (Field == CI->getMember() &&
2693       (NE = getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(CI->getInit()))) {
2694     if (NE->isArray() == IsArrayForm)
2695       return true;
2696     else
2697       NewExprs.push_back(NE);
2698   }
2699   return false;
2700 }
2701 
2702 bool MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::hasMatchingNewInCtor(
2703     const CXXConstructorDecl *CD) {
2704   if (CD->isImplicit())
2705     return false;
2706   const FunctionDecl *Definition = CD;
2707   if (!CD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && !CD->isDefined(Definition)) {
2708     HasUndefinedConstructors = true;
2709     return EndOfTU;
2710   }
2711   for (const auto *CI : cast<const CXXConstructorDecl>(Definition)->inits()) {
2712     if (hasMatchingNewInCtorInit(CI))
2713       return true;
2714   }
2715   return false;
2716 }
2717 
2718 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MismatchResult
2719 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::analyzeInClassInitializer() {
2720   assert(Field != nullptr && "This should be called only for members");
2721   const Expr *InitExpr = Field->getInClassInitializer();
2722   if (!InitExpr)
2723     return EndOfTU ? NoMismatch : AnalyzeLater;
2724   if (const CXXNewExpr *NE = getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(InitExpr)) {
2725     if (NE->isArray() != IsArrayForm) {
2726       NewExprs.push_back(NE);
2727       return MemberInitMismatches;
2728     }
2729   }
2730   return NoMismatch;
2731 }
2732 
2733 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MismatchResult
2734 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::analyzeField(FieldDecl *Field,
2735                                            bool DeleteWasArrayForm) {
2736   assert(Field != nullptr && "Analysis requires a valid class member.");
2737   this->Field = Field;
2738   IsArrayForm = DeleteWasArrayForm;
2739   const CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<const CXXRecordDecl>(Field->getParent());
2740   for (const auto *CD : RD->ctors()) {
2741     if (hasMatchingNewInCtor(CD))
2742       return NoMismatch;
2743   }
2744   if (HasUndefinedConstructors)
2745     return EndOfTU ? NoMismatch : AnalyzeLater;
2746   if (!NewExprs.empty())
2747     return MemberInitMismatches;
2748   return Field->hasInClassInitializer() ? analyzeInClassInitializer()
2749                                         : NoMismatch;
2750 }
2751 
2752 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MismatchResult
2753 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::analyzeMemberExpr(const MemberExpr *ME) {
2754   assert(ME != nullptr && "Expected a member expression");
2755   if (FieldDecl *F = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
2756     return analyzeField(F, IsArrayForm);
2757   return NoMismatch;
2758 }
2759 
2760 bool MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::hasMatchingVarInit(const DeclRefExpr *D) {
2761   const CXXNewExpr *NE = nullptr;
2762   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<const VarDecl>(D->getDecl())) {
2763     if (VD->hasInit() && (NE = getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(VD->getInit())) &&
2764         NE->isArray() != IsArrayForm) {
2765       NewExprs.push_back(NE);
2766     }
2767   }
2768   return NewExprs.empty();
2769 }
2770 
2771 static void
2772 DiagnoseMismatchedNewDelete(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation DeleteLoc,
2773                             const MismatchingNewDeleteDetector &Detector) {
2774   SourceLocation EndOfDelete = SemaRef.getLocForEndOfToken(DeleteLoc);
2775   FixItHint H;
2776   if (!Detector.IsArrayForm)
2777     H = FixItHint::CreateInsertion(EndOfDelete, "[]");
2778   else {
2779     SourceLocation RSquare = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(
2780         DeleteLoc, tok::l_square, SemaRef.getSourceManager(),
2781         SemaRef.getLangOpts(), true);
2782     if (RSquare.isValid())
2783       H = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SourceRange(EndOfDelete, RSquare));
2784   }
2785   SemaRef.Diag(DeleteLoc, diag::warn_mismatched_delete_new)
2786       << Detector.IsArrayForm << H;
2787 
2788   for (const auto *NE : Detector.NewExprs)
2789     SemaRef.Diag(NE->getExprLoc(), diag::note_allocated_here)
2790         << Detector.IsArrayForm;
2791 }
2792 
2793 void Sema::AnalyzeDeleteExprMismatch(const CXXDeleteExpr *DE) {
2794   if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_mismatched_delete_new, SourceLocation()))
2795     return;
2796   MismatchingNewDeleteDetector Detector(/*EndOfTU=*/false);
2797   switch (Detector.analyzeDeleteExpr(DE)) {
2798   case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::VarInitMismatches:
2799   case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MemberInitMismatches: {
2800     DiagnoseMismatchedNewDelete(*this, DE->getLocStart(), Detector);
2801     break;
2802   }
2803   case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::AnalyzeLater: {
2804     DeleteExprs[Detector.Field].push_back(
2805         std::make_pair(DE->getLocStart(), DE->isArrayForm()));
2806     break;
2807   }
2808   case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::NoMismatch:
2809     break;
2810   }
2811 }
2812 
2813 void Sema::AnalyzeDeleteExprMismatch(FieldDecl *Field, SourceLocation DeleteLoc,
2814                                      bool DeleteWasArrayForm) {
2815   MismatchingNewDeleteDetector Detector(/*EndOfTU=*/true);
2816   switch (Detector.analyzeField(Field, DeleteWasArrayForm)) {
2817   case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::VarInitMismatches:
2818     llvm_unreachable("This analysis should have been done for class members.");
2819   case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::AnalyzeLater:
2820     llvm_unreachable("Analysis cannot be postponed any point beyond end of "
2821                      "translation unit.");
2822   case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MemberInitMismatches:
2823     DiagnoseMismatchedNewDelete(*this, DeleteLoc, Detector);
2824     break;
2825   case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::NoMismatch:
2826     break;
2827   }
2828 }
2829 
2830 /// ActOnCXXDelete - Parsed a C++ 'delete' expression (C++ 5.3.5), as in:
2831 /// @code ::delete ptr; @endcode
2832 /// or
2833 /// @code delete [] ptr; @endcode
2834 ExprResult
2835 Sema::ActOnCXXDelete(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal,
2836                      bool ArrayForm, Expr *ExE) {
2837   // C++ [expr.delete]p1:
2838   //   The operand shall have a pointer type, or a class type having a single
2839   //   non-explicit conversion function to a pointer type. The result has type
2840   //   void.
2841   //
2842   // DR599 amends "pointer type" to "pointer to object type" in both cases.
2843 
2844   ExprResult Ex = ExE;
2845   FunctionDecl *OperatorDelete = nullptr;
2846   bool ArrayFormAsWritten = ArrayForm;
2847   bool UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize = false;
2848 
2849   if (!Ex.get()->isTypeDependent()) {
2850     // Perform lvalue-to-rvalue cast, if needed.
2851     Ex = DefaultLvalueConversion(Ex.get());
2852     if (Ex.isInvalid())
2853       return ExprError();
2854 
2855     QualType Type = Ex.get()->getType();
2856 
2857     class DeleteConverter : public ContextualImplicitConverter {
2858     public:
2859       DeleteConverter() : ContextualImplicitConverter(false, true) {}
2860 
2861       bool match(QualType ConvType) override {
2862         // FIXME: If we have an operator T* and an operator void*, we must pick
2863         // the operator T*.
2864         if (const PointerType *ConvPtrType = ConvType->getAs<PointerType>())
2865           if (ConvPtrType->getPointeeType()->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
2866             return true;
2867         return false;
2868       }
2869 
2870       SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNoMatch(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
2871                                             QualType T) override {
2872         return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_delete_operand) << T;
2873       }
2874 
2875       SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseIncomplete(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
2876                                                QualType T) override {
2877         return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_delete_incomplete_class_type) << T;
2878       }
2879 
2880       SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
2881                                                  QualType T,
2882                                                  QualType ConvTy) override {
2883         return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_delete_explicit_conversion) << T << ConvTy;
2884       }
2885 
2886       SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteExplicitConv(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv,
2887                                              QualType ConvTy) override {
2888         return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_delete_conversion)
2889           << ConvTy;
2890       }
2891 
2892       SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseAmbiguous(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
2893                                               QualType T) override {
2894         return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_ambiguous_delete_operand) << T;
2895       }
2896 
2897       SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteAmbiguous(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv,
2898                                           QualType ConvTy) override {
2899         return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_delete_conversion)
2900           << ConvTy;
2901       }
2902 
2903       SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
2904                                                QualType T,
2905                                                QualType ConvTy) override {
2906         llvm_unreachable("conversion functions are permitted");
2907       }
2908     } Converter;
2909 
2910     Ex = PerformContextualImplicitConversion(StartLoc, Ex.get(), Converter);
2911     if (Ex.isInvalid())
2912       return ExprError();
2913     Type = Ex.get()->getType();
2914     if (!Converter.match(Type))
2915       // FIXME: PerformContextualImplicitConversion should return ExprError
2916       //        itself in this case.
2917       return ExprError();
2918 
2919     QualType Pointee = Type->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
2920     QualType PointeeElem = Context.getBaseElementType(Pointee);
2921 
2922     if (unsigned AddressSpace = Pointee.getAddressSpace())
2923       return Diag(Ex.get()->getLocStart(),
2924                   diag::err_address_space_qualified_delete)
2925                << Pointee.getUnqualifiedType() << AddressSpace;
2926 
2927     CXXRecordDecl *PointeeRD = nullptr;
2928     if (Pointee->isVoidType() && !isSFINAEContext()) {
2929       // The C++ standard bans deleting a pointer to a non-object type, which
2930       // effectively bans deletion of "void*". However, most compilers support
2931       // this, so we treat it as a warning unless we're in a SFINAE context.
2932       Diag(StartLoc, diag::ext_delete_void_ptr_operand)
2933         << Type << Ex.get()->getSourceRange();
2934     } else if (Pointee->isFunctionType() || Pointee->isVoidType()) {
2935       return ExprError(Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_delete_operand)
2936         << Type << Ex.get()->getSourceRange());
2937     } else if (!Pointee->isDependentType()) {
2938       // FIXME: This can result in errors if the definition was imported from a
2939       // module but is hidden.
2940       if (!RequireCompleteType(StartLoc, Pointee,
2941                                diag::warn_delete_incomplete, Ex.get())) {
2942         if (const RecordType *RT = PointeeElem->getAs<RecordType>())
2943           PointeeRD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
2944       }
2945     }
2946 
2947     if (Pointee->isArrayType() && !ArrayForm) {
2948       Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_delete_array_type)
2949           << Type << Ex.get()->getSourceRange()
2950           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(getLocForEndOfToken(StartLoc), "[]");
2951       ArrayForm = true;
2952     }
2953 
2954     DeclarationName DeleteName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(
2955                                       ArrayForm ? OO_Array_Delete : OO_Delete);
2956 
2957     if (PointeeRD) {
2958       if (!UseGlobal &&
2959           FindDeallocationFunction(StartLoc, PointeeRD, DeleteName,
2960                                    OperatorDelete))
2961         return ExprError();
2962 
2963       // If we're allocating an array of records, check whether the
2964       // usual operator delete[] has a size_t parameter.
2965       if (ArrayForm) {
2966         // If the user specifically asked to use the global allocator,
2967         // we'll need to do the lookup into the class.
2968         if (UseGlobal)
2969           UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize =
2970             doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize(*this, StartLoc, PointeeElem);
2971 
2972         // Otherwise, the usual operator delete[] should be the
2973         // function we just found.
2974         else if (OperatorDelete && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(OperatorDelete))
2975           UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize = (OperatorDelete->getNumParams() == 2);
2976       }
2977 
2978       if (!PointeeRD->hasIrrelevantDestructor())
2979         if (CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor = LookupDestructor(PointeeRD)) {
2980           MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc,
2981                                     const_cast<CXXDestructorDecl*>(Dtor));
2982           if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Dtor, StartLoc))
2983             return ExprError();
2984         }
2985 
2986       CheckVirtualDtorCall(PointeeRD->getDestructor(), StartLoc,
2987                            /*IsDelete=*/true, /*CallCanBeVirtual=*/true,
2988                            /*WarnOnNonAbstractTypes=*/!ArrayForm,
2989                            SourceLocation());
2990     }
2991 
2992     if (!OperatorDelete)
2993       // Look for a global declaration.
2994       OperatorDelete = FindUsualDeallocationFunction(
2995           StartLoc, isCompleteType(StartLoc, Pointee) &&
2996                     (!ArrayForm || UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize ||
2997                      Pointee.isDestructedType()),
2998           DeleteName);
2999 
3000     MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, OperatorDelete);
3001 
3002     // Check access and ambiguity of operator delete and destructor.
3003     if (PointeeRD) {
3004       if (CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor = LookupDestructor(PointeeRD)) {
3005           CheckDestructorAccess(Ex.get()->getExprLoc(), Dtor,
3006                       PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor) << PointeeElem);
3007       }
3008     }
3009   }
3010 
3011   CXXDeleteExpr *Result = new (Context) CXXDeleteExpr(
3012       Context.VoidTy, UseGlobal, ArrayForm, ArrayFormAsWritten,
3013       UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize, OperatorDelete, Ex.get(), StartLoc);
3014   AnalyzeDeleteExprMismatch(Result);
3015   return Result;
3016 }
3017 
3018 void Sema::CheckVirtualDtorCall(CXXDestructorDecl *dtor, SourceLocation Loc,
3019                                 bool IsDelete, bool CallCanBeVirtual,
3020                                 bool WarnOnNonAbstractTypes,
3021                                 SourceLocation DtorLoc) {
3022   if (!dtor || dtor->isVirtual() || !CallCanBeVirtual)
3023     return;
3024 
3025   // C++ [expr.delete]p3:
3026   //   In the first alternative (delete object), if the static type of the
3027   //   object to be deleted is different from its dynamic type, the static
3028   //   type shall be a base class of the dynamic type of the object to be
3029   //   deleted and the static type shall have a virtual destructor or the
3030   //   behavior is undefined.
3031   //
3032   const CXXRecordDecl *PointeeRD = dtor->getParent();
3033   // Note: a final class cannot be derived from, no issue there
3034   if (!PointeeRD->isPolymorphic() || PointeeRD->hasAttr<FinalAttr>())
3035     return;
3036 
3037   QualType ClassType = dtor->getThisType(Context)->getPointeeType();
3038   if (PointeeRD->isAbstract()) {
3039     // If the class is abstract, we warn by default, because we're
3040     // sure the code has undefined behavior.
3041     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_delete_abstract_non_virtual_dtor) << (IsDelete ? 0 : 1)
3042                                                            << ClassType;
3043   } else if (WarnOnNonAbstractTypes) {
3044     // Otherwise, if this is not an array delete, it's a bit suspect,
3045     // but not necessarily wrong.
3046     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_delete_non_virtual_dtor) << (IsDelete ? 0 : 1)
3047                                                   << ClassType;
3048   }
3049   if (!IsDelete) {
3050     std::string TypeStr;
3051     ClassType.getAsStringInternal(TypeStr, getPrintingPolicy());
3052     Diag(DtorLoc, diag::note_delete_non_virtual)
3053         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(DtorLoc, TypeStr + "::");
3054   }
3055 }
3056 
3057 /// \brief Check the use of the given variable as a C++ condition in an if,
3058 /// while, do-while, or switch statement.
3059 ExprResult Sema::CheckConditionVariable(VarDecl *ConditionVar,
3060                                         SourceLocation StmtLoc,
3061                                         bool ConvertToBoolean) {
3062   if (ConditionVar->isInvalidDecl())
3063     return ExprError();
3064 
3065   QualType T = ConditionVar->getType();
3066 
3067   // C++ [stmt.select]p2:
3068   //   The declarator shall not specify a function or an array.
3069   if (T->isFunctionType())
3070     return ExprError(Diag(ConditionVar->getLocation(),
3071                           diag::err_invalid_use_of_function_type)
3072                        << ConditionVar->getSourceRange());
3073   else if (T->isArrayType())
3074     return ExprError(Diag(ConditionVar->getLocation(),
3075                           diag::err_invalid_use_of_array_type)
3076                      << ConditionVar->getSourceRange());
3077 
3078   ExprResult Condition = DeclRefExpr::Create(
3079       Context, NestedNameSpecifierLoc(), SourceLocation(), ConditionVar,
3080       /*enclosing*/ false, ConditionVar->getLocation(),
3081       ConditionVar->getType().getNonReferenceType(), VK_LValue);
3082 
3083   MarkDeclRefReferenced(cast<DeclRefExpr>(Condition.get()));
3084 
3085   if (ConvertToBoolean) {
3086     Condition = CheckBooleanCondition(Condition.get(), StmtLoc);
3087     if (Condition.isInvalid())
3088       return ExprError();
3089   }
3090 
3091   return Condition;
3092 }
3093 
3094 /// CheckCXXBooleanCondition - Returns true if a conversion to bool is invalid.
3095 ExprResult Sema::CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Expr *CondExpr) {
3096   // C++ 6.4p4:
3097   // The value of a condition that is an initialized declaration in a statement
3098   // other than a switch statement is the value of the declared variable
3099   // implicitly converted to type bool. If that conversion is ill-formed, the
3100   // program is ill-formed.
3101   // The value of a condition that is an expression is the value of the
3102   // expression, implicitly converted to bool.
3103   //
3104   return PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(CondExpr);
3105 }
3106 
3107 /// Helper function to determine whether this is the (deprecated) C++
3108 /// conversion from a string literal to a pointer to non-const char or
3109 /// non-const wchar_t (for narrow and wide string literals,
3110 /// respectively).
3111 bool
3112 Sema::IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType) {
3113   // Look inside the implicit cast, if it exists.
3114   if (ImplicitCastExpr *Cast = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(From))
3115     From = Cast->getSubExpr();
3116 
3117   // A string literal (2.13.4) that is not a wide string literal can
3118   // be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to char"; a wide
3119   // string literal can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer
3120   // to wchar_t" (C++ 4.2p2).
3121   if (StringLiteral *StrLit = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(From->IgnoreParens()))
3122     if (const PointerType *ToPtrType = ToType->getAs<PointerType>())
3123       if (const BuiltinType *ToPointeeType
3124           = ToPtrType->getPointeeType()->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
3125         // This conversion is considered only when there is an
3126         // explicit appropriate pointer target type (C++ 4.2p2).
3127         if (!ToPtrType->getPointeeType().hasQualifiers()) {
3128           switch (StrLit->getKind()) {
3129             case StringLiteral::UTF8:
3130             case StringLiteral::UTF16:
3131             case StringLiteral::UTF32:
3132               // We don't allow UTF literals to be implicitly converted
3133               break;
3134             case StringLiteral::Ascii:
3135               return (ToPointeeType->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char_U ||
3136                       ToPointeeType->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char_S);
3137             case StringLiteral::Wide:
3138               return Context.typesAreCompatible(Context.getWideCharType(),
3139                                                 QualType(ToPointeeType, 0));
3140           }
3141         }
3142       }
3143 
3144   return false;
3145 }
3146 
3147 static ExprResult BuildCXXCastArgument(Sema &S,
3148                                        SourceLocation CastLoc,
3149                                        QualType Ty,
3150                                        CastKind Kind,
3151                                        CXXMethodDecl *Method,
3152                                        DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
3153                                        bool HadMultipleCandidates,
3154                                        Expr *From) {
3155   switch (Kind) {
3156   default: llvm_unreachable("Unhandled cast kind!");
3157   case CK_ConstructorConversion: {
3158     CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method);
3159     SmallVector<Expr*, 8> ConstructorArgs;
3160 
3161     if (S.RequireNonAbstractType(CastLoc, Ty,
3162                                  diag::err_allocation_of_abstract_type))
3163       return ExprError();
3164 
3165     if (S.CompleteConstructorCall(Constructor, From, CastLoc, ConstructorArgs))
3166       return ExprError();
3167 
3168     S.CheckConstructorAccess(CastLoc, Constructor,
3169                              InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Ty),
3170                              Constructor->getAccess());
3171     if (S.DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Method, CastLoc))
3172       return ExprError();
3173 
3174     ExprResult Result = S.BuildCXXConstructExpr(
3175         CastLoc, Ty, FoundDecl, cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method),
3176         ConstructorArgs, HadMultipleCandidates,
3177         /*ListInit*/ false, /*StdInitListInit*/ false, /*ZeroInit*/ false,
3178         CXXConstructExpr::CK_Complete, SourceRange());
3179     if (Result.isInvalid())
3180       return ExprError();
3181 
3182     return S.MaybeBindToTemporary(Result.getAs<Expr>());
3183   }
3184 
3185   case CK_UserDefinedConversion: {
3186     assert(!From->getType()->isPointerType() && "Arg can't have pointer type!");
3187 
3188     S.CheckMemberOperatorAccess(CastLoc, From, /*arg*/ nullptr, FoundDecl);
3189     if (S.DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Method, CastLoc))
3190       return ExprError();
3191 
3192     // Create an implicit call expr that calls it.
3193     CXXConversionDecl *Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(Method);
3194     ExprResult Result = S.BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(From, FoundDecl, Conv,
3195                                                  HadMultipleCandidates);
3196     if (Result.isInvalid())
3197       return ExprError();
3198     // Record usage of conversion in an implicit cast.
3199     Result = ImplicitCastExpr::Create(S.Context, Result.get()->getType(),
3200                                       CK_UserDefinedConversion, Result.get(),
3201                                       nullptr, Result.get()->getValueKind());
3202 
3203     return S.MaybeBindToTemporary(Result.get());
3204   }
3205   }
3206 }
3207 
3208 /// PerformImplicitConversion - Perform an implicit conversion of the
3209 /// expression From to the type ToType using the pre-computed implicit
3210 /// conversion sequence ICS. Returns the converted
3211 /// expression. Action is the kind of conversion we're performing,
3212 /// used in the error message.
3213 ExprResult
3214 Sema::PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
3215                                 const ImplicitConversionSequence &ICS,
3216                                 AssignmentAction Action,
3217                                 CheckedConversionKind CCK) {
3218   switch (ICS.getKind()) {
3219   case ImplicitConversionSequence::StandardConversion: {
3220     ExprResult Res = PerformImplicitConversion(From, ToType, ICS.Standard,
3221                                                Action, CCK);
3222     if (Res.isInvalid())
3223       return ExprError();
3224     From = Res.get();
3225     break;
3226   }
3227 
3228   case ImplicitConversionSequence::UserDefinedConversion: {
3229 
3230       FunctionDecl *FD = ICS.UserDefined.ConversionFunction;
3231       CastKind CastKind;
3232       QualType BeforeToType;
3233       assert(FD && "no conversion function for user-defined conversion seq");
3234       if (const CXXConversionDecl *Conv = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(FD)) {
3235         CastKind = CK_UserDefinedConversion;
3236 
3237         // If the user-defined conversion is specified by a conversion function,
3238         // the initial standard conversion sequence converts the source type to
3239         // the implicit object parameter of the conversion function.
3240         BeforeToType = Context.getTagDeclType(Conv->getParent());
3241       } else {
3242         const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD);
3243         CastKind = CK_ConstructorConversion;
3244         // Do no conversion if dealing with ... for the first conversion.
3245         if (!ICS.UserDefined.EllipsisConversion) {
3246           // If the user-defined conversion is specified by a constructor, the
3247           // initial standard conversion sequence converts the source type to
3248           // the type required by the argument of the constructor
3249           BeforeToType = Ctor->getParamDecl(0)->getType().getNonReferenceType();
3250         }
3251       }
3252       // Watch out for ellipsis conversion.
3253       if (!ICS.UserDefined.EllipsisConversion) {
3254         ExprResult Res =
3255           PerformImplicitConversion(From, BeforeToType,
3256                                     ICS.UserDefined.Before, AA_Converting,
3257                                     CCK);
3258         if (Res.isInvalid())
3259           return ExprError();
3260         From = Res.get();
3261       }
3262 
3263       ExprResult CastArg
3264         = BuildCXXCastArgument(*this,
3265                                From->getLocStart(),
3266                                ToType.getNonReferenceType(),
3267                                CastKind, cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD),
3268                                ICS.UserDefined.FoundConversionFunction,
3269                                ICS.UserDefined.HadMultipleCandidates,
3270                                From);
3271 
3272       if (CastArg.isInvalid())
3273         return ExprError();
3274 
3275       From = CastArg.get();
3276 
3277       return PerformImplicitConversion(From, ToType, ICS.UserDefined.After,
3278                                        AA_Converting, CCK);
3279   }
3280 
3281   case ImplicitConversionSequence::AmbiguousConversion:
3282     ICS.DiagnoseAmbiguousConversion(*this, From->getExprLoc(),
3283                           PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_ambiguous_condition)
3284                             << From->getSourceRange());
3285      return ExprError();
3286 
3287   case ImplicitConversionSequence::EllipsisConversion:
3288     llvm_unreachable("Cannot perform an ellipsis conversion");
3289 
3290   case ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion:
3291     return ExprError();
3292   }
3293 
3294   // Everything went well.
3295   return From;
3296 }
3297 
3298 /// PerformImplicitConversion - Perform an implicit conversion of the
3299 /// expression From to the type ToType by following the standard
3300 /// conversion sequence SCS. Returns the converted
3301 /// expression. Flavor is the context in which we're performing this
3302 /// conversion, for use in error messages.
3303 ExprResult
3304 Sema::PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
3305                                 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS,
3306                                 AssignmentAction Action,
3307                                 CheckedConversionKind CCK) {
3308   bool CStyle = (CCK == CCK_CStyleCast || CCK == CCK_FunctionalCast);
3309 
3310   // Overall FIXME: we are recomputing too many types here and doing far too
3311   // much extra work. What this means is that we need to keep track of more
3312   // information that is computed when we try the implicit conversion initially,
3313   // so that we don't need to recompute anything here.
3314   QualType FromType = From->getType();
3315 
3316   if (SCS.CopyConstructor) {
3317     // FIXME: When can ToType be a reference type?
3318     assert(!ToType->isReferenceType());
3319     if (SCS.Second == ICK_Derived_To_Base) {
3320       SmallVector<Expr*, 8> ConstructorArgs;
3321       if (CompleteConstructorCall(cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(SCS.CopyConstructor),
3322                                   From, /*FIXME:ConstructLoc*/SourceLocation(),
3323                                   ConstructorArgs))
3324         return ExprError();
3325       return BuildCXXConstructExpr(
3326           /*FIXME:ConstructLoc*/ SourceLocation(), ToType,
3327           SCS.FoundCopyConstructor, SCS.CopyConstructor,
3328           ConstructorArgs, /*HadMultipleCandidates*/ false,
3329           /*ListInit*/ false, /*StdInitListInit*/ false, /*ZeroInit*/ false,
3330           CXXConstructExpr::CK_Complete, SourceRange());
3331     }
3332     return BuildCXXConstructExpr(
3333         /*FIXME:ConstructLoc*/ SourceLocation(), ToType,
3334         SCS.FoundCopyConstructor, SCS.CopyConstructor,
3335         From, /*HadMultipleCandidates*/ false,
3336         /*ListInit*/ false, /*StdInitListInit*/ false, /*ZeroInit*/ false,
3337         CXXConstructExpr::CK_Complete, SourceRange());
3338   }
3339 
3340   // Resolve overloaded function references.
3341   if (Context.hasSameType(FromType, Context.OverloadTy)) {
3342     DeclAccessPair Found;
3343     FunctionDecl *Fn = ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(From, ToType,
3344                                                           true, Found);
3345     if (!Fn)
3346       return ExprError();
3347 
3348     if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Fn, From->getLocStart()))
3349       return ExprError();
3350 
3351     From = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(From, Found, Fn);
3352     FromType = From->getType();
3353   }
3354 
3355   // If we're converting to an atomic type, first convert to the corresponding
3356   // non-atomic type.
3357   QualType ToAtomicType;
3358   if (const AtomicType *ToAtomic = ToType->getAs<AtomicType>()) {
3359     ToAtomicType = ToType;
3360     ToType = ToAtomic->getValueType();
3361   }
3362 
3363   QualType InitialFromType = FromType;
3364   // Perform the first implicit conversion.
3365   switch (SCS.First) {
3366   case ICK_Identity:
3367     if (const AtomicType *FromAtomic = FromType->getAs<AtomicType>()) {
3368       FromType = FromAtomic->getValueType().getUnqualifiedType();
3369       From = ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, FromType, CK_AtomicToNonAtomic,
3370                                       From, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, VK_RValue);
3371     }
3372     break;
3373 
3374   case ICK_Lvalue_To_Rvalue: {
3375     assert(From->getObjectKind() != OK_ObjCProperty);
3376     ExprResult FromRes = DefaultLvalueConversion(From);
3377     assert(!FromRes.isInvalid() && "Can't perform deduced conversion?!");
3378     From = FromRes.get();
3379     FromType = From->getType();
3380     break;
3381   }
3382 
3383   case ICK_Array_To_Pointer:
3384     FromType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType);
3385     From = ImpCastExprToType(From, FromType, CK_ArrayToPointerDecay,
3386                              VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3387     break;
3388 
3389   case ICK_Function_To_Pointer:
3390     FromType = Context.getPointerType(FromType);
3391     From = ImpCastExprToType(From, FromType, CK_FunctionToPointerDecay,
3392                              VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3393     break;
3394 
3395   default:
3396     llvm_unreachable("Improper first standard conversion");
3397   }
3398 
3399   // Perform the second implicit conversion
3400   switch (SCS.Second) {
3401   case ICK_Identity:
3402     // C++ [except.spec]p5:
3403     //   [For] assignment to and initialization of pointers to functions,
3404     //   pointers to member functions, and references to functions: the
3405     //   target entity shall allow at least the exceptions allowed by the
3406     //   source value in the assignment or initialization.
3407     switch (Action) {
3408     case AA_Assigning:
3409     case AA_Initializing:
3410       // Note, function argument passing and returning are initialization.
3411     case AA_Passing:
3412     case AA_Returning:
3413     case AA_Sending:
3414     case AA_Passing_CFAudited:
3415       if (CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(From, ToType))
3416         return ExprError();
3417       break;
3418 
3419     case AA_Casting:
3420     case AA_Converting:
3421       // Casts and implicit conversions are not initialization, so are not
3422       // checked for exception specification mismatches.
3423       break;
3424     }
3425     // Nothing else to do.
3426     break;
3427 
3428   case ICK_NoReturn_Adjustment:
3429     // If both sides are functions (or pointers/references to them), there could
3430     // be incompatible exception declarations.
3431     if (CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(From, ToType))
3432       return ExprError();
3433 
3434     From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_NoOp,
3435                              VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3436     break;
3437 
3438   case ICK_Integral_Promotion:
3439   case ICK_Integral_Conversion:
3440     if (ToType->isBooleanType()) {
3441       assert(FromType->castAs<EnumType>()->getDecl()->isFixed() &&
3442              SCS.Second == ICK_Integral_Promotion &&
3443              "only enums with fixed underlying type can promote to bool");
3444       From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_IntegralToBoolean,
3445                                VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3446     } else {
3447       From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_IntegralCast,
3448                                VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3449     }
3450     break;
3451 
3452   case ICK_Floating_Promotion:
3453   case ICK_Floating_Conversion:
3454     From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_FloatingCast,
3455                              VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3456     break;
3457 
3458   case ICK_Complex_Promotion:
3459   case ICK_Complex_Conversion: {
3460     QualType FromEl = From->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType();
3461     QualType ToEl = ToType->getAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType();
3462     CastKind CK;
3463     if (FromEl->isRealFloatingType()) {
3464       if (ToEl->isRealFloatingType())
3465         CK = CK_FloatingComplexCast;
3466       else
3467         CK = CK_FloatingComplexToIntegralComplex;
3468     } else if (ToEl->isRealFloatingType()) {
3469       CK = CK_IntegralComplexToFloatingComplex;
3470     } else {
3471       CK = CK_IntegralComplexCast;
3472     }
3473     From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK,
3474                              VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3475     break;
3476   }
3477 
3478   case ICK_Floating_Integral:
3479     if (ToType->isRealFloatingType())
3480       From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_IntegralToFloating,
3481                                VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3482     else
3483       From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_FloatingToIntegral,
3484                                VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3485     break;
3486 
3487   case ICK_Compatible_Conversion:
3488       From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_NoOp,
3489                                VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3490     break;
3491 
3492   case ICK_Writeback_Conversion:
3493   case ICK_Pointer_Conversion: {
3494     if (SCS.IncompatibleObjC && Action != AA_Casting) {
3495       // Diagnose incompatible Objective-C conversions
3496       if (Action == AA_Initializing || Action == AA_Assigning)
3497         Diag(From->getLocStart(),
3498              diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer)
3499           << ToType << From->getType() << Action
3500           << From->getSourceRange() << 0;
3501       else
3502         Diag(From->getLocStart(),
3503              diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer)
3504           << From->getType() << ToType << Action
3505           << From->getSourceRange() << 0;
3506 
3507       if (From->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
3508           ToType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
3509         EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(From);
3510     }
3511     else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
3512              !CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(ToType,
3513                                                     From->getType())) {
3514       if (Action == AA_Initializing)
3515         Diag(From->getLocStart(),
3516              diag::err_arc_weak_unavailable_assign);
3517       else
3518         Diag(From->getLocStart(),
3519              diag::err_arc_convesion_of_weak_unavailable)
3520           << (Action == AA_Casting) << From->getType() << ToType
3521           << From->getSourceRange();
3522     }
3523 
3524     CastKind Kind = CK_Invalid;
3525     CXXCastPath BasePath;
3526     if (CheckPointerConversion(From, ToType, Kind, BasePath, CStyle))
3527       return ExprError();
3528 
3529     // Make sure we extend blocks if necessary.
3530     // FIXME: doing this here is really ugly.
3531     if (Kind == CK_BlockPointerToObjCPointerCast) {
3532       ExprResult E = From;
3533       (void) PrepareCastToObjCObjectPointer(E);
3534       From = E.get();
3535     }
3536     if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount)
3537       CheckObjCARCConversion(SourceRange(), ToType, From, CCK);
3538     From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, Kind, VK_RValue, &BasePath, CCK)
3539              .get();
3540     break;
3541   }
3542 
3543   case ICK_Pointer_Member: {
3544     CastKind Kind = CK_Invalid;
3545     CXXCastPath BasePath;
3546     if (CheckMemberPointerConversion(From, ToType, Kind, BasePath, CStyle))
3547       return ExprError();
3548     if (CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(From, ToType))
3549       return ExprError();
3550 
3551     // We may not have been able to figure out what this member pointer resolved
3552     // to up until this exact point.  Attempt to lock-in it's inheritance model.
3553     if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) {
3554       (void)isCompleteType(From->getExprLoc(), From->getType());
3555       (void)isCompleteType(From->getExprLoc(), ToType);
3556     }
3557 
3558     From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, Kind, VK_RValue, &BasePath, CCK)
3559              .get();
3560     break;
3561   }
3562 
3563   case ICK_Boolean_Conversion:
3564     // Perform half-to-boolean conversion via float.
3565     if (From->getType()->isHalfType()) {
3566       From = ImpCastExprToType(From, Context.FloatTy, CK_FloatingCast).get();
3567       FromType = Context.FloatTy;
3568     }
3569 
3570     From = ImpCastExprToType(From, Context.BoolTy,
3571                              ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(FromType),
3572                              VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3573     break;
3574 
3575   case ICK_Derived_To_Base: {
3576     CXXCastPath BasePath;
3577     if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(From->getType(),
3578                                      ToType.getNonReferenceType(),
3579                                      From->getLocStart(),
3580                                      From->getSourceRange(),
3581                                      &BasePath,
3582                                      CStyle))
3583       return ExprError();
3584 
3585     From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType.getNonReferenceType(),
3586                       CK_DerivedToBase, From->getValueKind(),
3587                       &BasePath, CCK).get();
3588     break;
3589   }
3590 
3591   case ICK_Vector_Conversion:
3592     From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_BitCast,
3593                              VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3594     break;
3595 
3596   case ICK_Vector_Splat: {
3597     // Vector splat from any arithmetic type to a vector.
3598     Expr *Elem = prepareVectorSplat(ToType, From).get();
3599     From = ImpCastExprToType(Elem, ToType, CK_VectorSplat, VK_RValue,
3600                              /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3601     break;
3602   }
3603 
3604   case ICK_Complex_Real:
3605     // Case 1.  x -> _Complex y
3606     if (const ComplexType *ToComplex = ToType->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
3607       QualType ElType = ToComplex->getElementType();
3608       bool isFloatingComplex = ElType->isRealFloatingType();
3609 
3610       // x -> y
3611       if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ElType, From->getType())) {
3612         // do nothing
3613       } else if (From->getType()->isRealFloatingType()) {
3614         From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ElType,
3615                 isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingCast : CK_FloatingToIntegral).get();
3616       } else {
3617         assert(From->getType()->isIntegerType());
3618         From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ElType,
3619                 isFloatingComplex ? CK_IntegralToFloating : CK_IntegralCast).get();
3620       }
3621       // y -> _Complex y
3622       From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType,
3623                    isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingRealToComplex
3624                                      : CK_IntegralRealToComplex).get();
3625 
3626     // Case 2.  _Complex x -> y
3627     } else {
3628       const ComplexType *FromComplex = From->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>();
3629       assert(FromComplex);
3630 
3631       QualType ElType = FromComplex->getElementType();
3632       bool isFloatingComplex = ElType->isRealFloatingType();
3633 
3634       // _Complex x -> x
3635       From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ElType,
3636                    isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingComplexToReal
3637                                      : CK_IntegralComplexToReal,
3638                                VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3639 
3640       // x -> y
3641       if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ElType, ToType)) {
3642         // do nothing
3643       } else if (ToType->isRealFloatingType()) {
3644         From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType,
3645                    isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingCast : CK_IntegralToFloating,
3646                                  VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3647       } else {
3648         assert(ToType->isIntegerType());
3649         From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType,
3650                    isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingToIntegral : CK_IntegralCast,
3651                                  VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3652       }
3653     }
3654     break;
3655 
3656   case ICK_Block_Pointer_Conversion: {
3657     From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType.getUnqualifiedType(), CK_BitCast,
3658                              VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3659     break;
3660   }
3661 
3662   case ICK_TransparentUnionConversion: {
3663     ExprResult FromRes = From;
3664     Sema::AssignConvertType ConvTy =
3665       CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(ToType, FromRes);
3666     if (FromRes.isInvalid())
3667       return ExprError();
3668     From = FromRes.get();
3669     assert ((ConvTy == Sema::Compatible) &&
3670             "Improper transparent union conversion");
3671     (void)ConvTy;
3672     break;
3673   }
3674 
3675   case ICK_Zero_Event_Conversion:
3676     From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType,
3677                              CK_ZeroToOCLEvent,
3678                              From->getValueKind()).get();
3679     break;
3680 
3681   case ICK_Lvalue_To_Rvalue:
3682   case ICK_Array_To_Pointer:
3683   case ICK_Function_To_Pointer:
3684   case ICK_Qualification:
3685   case ICK_Num_Conversion_Kinds:
3686   case ICK_C_Only_Conversion:
3687     llvm_unreachable("Improper second standard conversion");
3688   }
3689 
3690   switch (SCS.Third) {
3691   case ICK_Identity:
3692     // Nothing to do.
3693     break;
3694 
3695   case ICK_Qualification: {
3696     // The qualification keeps the category of the inner expression, unless the
3697     // target type isn't a reference.
3698     ExprValueKind VK = ToType->isReferenceType() ?
3699                                   From->getValueKind() : VK_RValue;
3700     From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType.getNonLValueExprType(Context),
3701                              CK_NoOp, VK, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3702 
3703     if (SCS.DeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtr &&
3704         !getLangOpts().WritableStrings) {
3705       Diag(From->getLocStart(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11
3706            ? diag::ext_deprecated_string_literal_conversion
3707            : diag::warn_deprecated_string_literal_conversion)
3708         << ToType.getNonReferenceType();
3709     }
3710 
3711     break;
3712   }
3713 
3714   default:
3715     llvm_unreachable("Improper third standard conversion");
3716   }
3717 
3718   // If this conversion sequence involved a scalar -> atomic conversion, perform
3719   // that conversion now.
3720   if (!ToAtomicType.isNull()) {
3721     assert(Context.hasSameType(
3722         ToAtomicType->castAs<AtomicType>()->getValueType(), From->getType()));
3723     From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToAtomicType, CK_NonAtomicToAtomic,
3724                              VK_RValue, nullptr, CCK).get();
3725   }
3726 
3727   // If this conversion sequence succeeded and involved implicitly converting a
3728   // _Nullable type to a _Nonnull one, complain.
3729   if (CCK == CCK_ImplicitConversion)
3730     diagnoseNullableToNonnullConversion(ToType, InitialFromType,
3731                                         From->getLocStart());
3732 
3733   return From;
3734 }
3735 
3736 /// \brief Check the completeness of a type in a unary type trait.
3737 ///
3738 /// If the particular type trait requires a complete type, tries to complete
3739 /// it. If completing the type fails, a diagnostic is emitted and false
3740 /// returned. If completing the type succeeds or no completion was required,
3741 /// returns true.
3742 static bool CheckUnaryTypeTraitTypeCompleteness(Sema &S, TypeTrait UTT,
3743                                                 SourceLocation Loc,
3744                                                 QualType ArgTy) {
3745   // C++0x [meta.unary.prop]p3:
3746   //   For all of the class templates X declared in this Clause, instantiating
3747   //   that template with a template argument that is a class template
3748   //   specialization may result in the implicit instantiation of the template
3749   //   argument if and only if the semantics of X require that the argument
3750   //   must be a complete type.
3751   // We apply this rule to all the type trait expressions used to implement
3752   // these class templates. We also try to follow any GCC documented behavior
3753   // in these expressions to ensure portability of standard libraries.
3754   switch (UTT) {
3755   default: llvm_unreachable("not a UTT");
3756     // is_complete_type somewhat obviously cannot require a complete type.
3757   case UTT_IsCompleteType:
3758     // Fall-through
3759 
3760     // These traits are modeled on the type predicates in C++0x
3761     // [meta.unary.cat] and [meta.unary.comp]. They are not specified as
3762     // requiring a complete type, as whether or not they return true cannot be
3763     // impacted by the completeness of the type.
3764   case UTT_IsVoid:
3765   case UTT_IsIntegral:
3766   case UTT_IsFloatingPoint:
3767   case UTT_IsArray:
3768   case UTT_IsPointer:
3769   case UTT_IsLvalueReference:
3770   case UTT_IsRvalueReference:
3771   case UTT_IsMemberFunctionPointer:
3772   case UTT_IsMemberObjectPointer:
3773   case UTT_IsEnum:
3774   case UTT_IsUnion:
3775   case UTT_IsClass:
3776   case UTT_IsFunction:
3777   case UTT_IsReference:
3778   case UTT_IsArithmetic:
3779   case UTT_IsFundamental:
3780   case UTT_IsObject:
3781   case UTT_IsScalar:
3782   case UTT_IsCompound:
3783   case UTT_IsMemberPointer:
3784     // Fall-through
3785 
3786     // These traits are modeled on type predicates in C++0x [meta.unary.prop]
3787     // which requires some of its traits to have the complete type. However,
3788     // the completeness of the type cannot impact these traits' semantics, and
3789     // so they don't require it. This matches the comments on these traits in
3790     // Table 49.
3791   case UTT_IsConst:
3792   case UTT_IsVolatile:
3793   case UTT_IsSigned:
3794   case UTT_IsUnsigned:
3795 
3796   // This type trait always returns false, checking the type is moot.
3797   case UTT_IsInterfaceClass:
3798     return true;
3799 
3800   // C++14 [meta.unary.prop]:
3801   //   If T is a non-union class type, T shall be a complete type.
3802   case UTT_IsEmpty:
3803   case UTT_IsPolymorphic:
3804   case UTT_IsAbstract:
3805     if (const auto *RD = ArgTy->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
3806       if (!RD->isUnion())
3807         return !S.RequireCompleteType(
3808             Loc, ArgTy, diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr);
3809     return true;
3810 
3811   // C++14 [meta.unary.prop]:
3812   //   If T is a class type, T shall be a complete type.
3813   case UTT_IsFinal:
3814   case UTT_IsSealed:
3815     if (ArgTy->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
3816       return !S.RequireCompleteType(
3817           Loc, ArgTy, diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr);
3818     return true;
3819 
3820   // C++0x [meta.unary.prop] Table 49 requires the following traits to be
3821   // applied to a complete type.
3822   case UTT_IsTrivial:
3823   case UTT_IsTriviallyCopyable:
3824   case UTT_IsStandardLayout:
3825   case UTT_IsPOD:
3826   case UTT_IsLiteral:
3827 
3828   case UTT_IsDestructible:
3829   case UTT_IsNothrowDestructible:
3830     // Fall-through
3831 
3832     // These trait expressions are designed to help implement predicates in
3833     // [meta.unary.prop] despite not being named the same. They are specified
3834     // by both GCC and the Embarcadero C++ compiler, and require the complete
3835     // type due to the overarching C++0x type predicates being implemented
3836     // requiring the complete type.
3837   case UTT_HasNothrowAssign:
3838   case UTT_HasNothrowMoveAssign:
3839   case UTT_HasNothrowConstructor:
3840   case UTT_HasNothrowCopy:
3841   case UTT_HasTrivialAssign:
3842   case UTT_HasTrivialMoveAssign:
3843   case UTT_HasTrivialDefaultConstructor:
3844   case UTT_HasTrivialMoveConstructor:
3845   case UTT_HasTrivialCopy:
3846   case UTT_HasTrivialDestructor:
3847   case UTT_HasVirtualDestructor:
3848     // Arrays of unknown bound are expressly allowed.
3849     QualType ElTy = ArgTy;
3850     if (ArgTy->isIncompleteArrayType())
3851       ElTy = S.Context.getAsArrayType(ArgTy)->getElementType();
3852 
3853     // The void type is expressly allowed.
3854     if (ElTy->isVoidType())
3855       return true;
3856 
3857     return !S.RequireCompleteType(
3858       Loc, ElTy, diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr);
3859   }
3860 }
3861 
3862 static bool HasNoThrowOperator(const RecordType *RT, OverloadedOperatorKind Op,
3863                                Sema &Self, SourceLocation KeyLoc, ASTContext &C,
3864                                bool (CXXRecordDecl::*HasTrivial)() const,
3865                                bool (CXXRecordDecl::*HasNonTrivial)() const,
3866                                bool (CXXMethodDecl::*IsDesiredOp)() const)
3867 {
3868   CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
3869   if ((RD->*HasTrivial)() && !(RD->*HasNonTrivial)())
3870     return true;
3871 
3872   DeclarationName Name = C.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op);
3873   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, KeyLoc);
3874   LookupResult Res(Self, NameInfo, Sema::LookupOrdinaryName);
3875   if (Self.LookupQualifiedName(Res, RD)) {
3876     bool FoundOperator = false;
3877     Res.suppressDiagnostics();
3878     for (LookupResult::iterator Op = Res.begin(), OpEnd = Res.end();
3879          Op != OpEnd; ++Op) {
3880       if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*Op))
3881         continue;
3882 
3883       CXXMethodDecl *Operator = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Op);
3884       if((Operator->*IsDesiredOp)()) {
3885         FoundOperator = true;
3886         const FunctionProtoType *CPT =
3887           Operator->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
3888         CPT = Self.ResolveExceptionSpec(KeyLoc, CPT);
3889         if (!CPT || !CPT->isNothrow(C))
3890           return false;
3891       }
3892     }
3893     return FoundOperator;
3894   }
3895   return false;
3896 }
3897 
3898 static bool EvaluateUnaryTypeTrait(Sema &Self, TypeTrait UTT,
3899                                    SourceLocation KeyLoc, QualType T) {
3900   assert(!T->isDependentType() && "Cannot evaluate traits of dependent type");
3901 
3902   ASTContext &C = Self.Context;
3903   switch(UTT) {
3904   default: llvm_unreachable("not a UTT");
3905     // Type trait expressions corresponding to the primary type category
3906     // predicates in C++0x [meta.unary.cat].
3907   case UTT_IsVoid:
3908     return T->isVoidType();
3909   case UTT_IsIntegral:
3910     return T->isIntegralType(C);
3911   case UTT_IsFloatingPoint:
3912     return T->isFloatingType();
3913   case UTT_IsArray:
3914     return T->isArrayType();
3915   case UTT_IsPointer:
3916     return T->isPointerType();
3917   case UTT_IsLvalueReference:
3918     return T->isLValueReferenceType();
3919   case UTT_IsRvalueReference:
3920     return T->isRValueReferenceType();
3921   case UTT_IsMemberFunctionPointer:
3922     return T->isMemberFunctionPointerType();
3923   case UTT_IsMemberObjectPointer:
3924     return T->isMemberDataPointerType();
3925   case UTT_IsEnum:
3926     return T->isEnumeralType();
3927   case UTT_IsUnion:
3928     return T->isUnionType();
3929   case UTT_IsClass:
3930     return T->isClassType() || T->isStructureType() || T->isInterfaceType();
3931   case UTT_IsFunction:
3932     return T->isFunctionType();
3933 
3934     // Type trait expressions which correspond to the convenient composition
3935     // predicates in C++0x [meta.unary.comp].
3936   case UTT_IsReference:
3937     return T->isReferenceType();
3938   case UTT_IsArithmetic:
3939     return T->isArithmeticType() && !T->isEnumeralType();
3940   case UTT_IsFundamental:
3941     return T->isFundamentalType();
3942   case UTT_IsObject:
3943     return T->isObjectType();
3944   case UTT_IsScalar:
3945     // Note: semantic analysis depends on Objective-C lifetime types to be
3946     // considered scalar types. However, such types do not actually behave
3947     // like scalar types at run time (since they may require retain/release
3948     // operations), so we report them as non-scalar.
3949     if (T->isObjCLifetimeType()) {
3950       switch (T.getObjCLifetime()) {
3951       case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
3952       case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
3953         return true;
3954 
3955       case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
3956       case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
3957       case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
3958         return false;
3959       }
3960     }
3961 
3962     return T->isScalarType();
3963   case UTT_IsCompound:
3964     return T->isCompoundType();
3965   case UTT_IsMemberPointer:
3966     return T->isMemberPointerType();
3967 
3968     // Type trait expressions which correspond to the type property predicates
3969     // in C++0x [meta.unary.prop].
3970   case UTT_IsConst:
3971     return T.isConstQualified();
3972   case UTT_IsVolatile:
3973     return T.isVolatileQualified();
3974   case UTT_IsTrivial:
3975     return T.isTrivialType(C);
3976   case UTT_IsTriviallyCopyable:
3977     return T.isTriviallyCopyableType(C);
3978   case UTT_IsStandardLayout:
3979     return T->isStandardLayoutType();
3980   case UTT_IsPOD:
3981     return T.isPODType(C);
3982   case UTT_IsLiteral:
3983     return T->isLiteralType(C);
3984   case UTT_IsEmpty:
3985     if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
3986       return !RD->isUnion() && RD->isEmpty();
3987     return false;
3988   case UTT_IsPolymorphic:
3989     if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
3990       return !RD->isUnion() && RD->isPolymorphic();
3991     return false;
3992   case UTT_IsAbstract:
3993     if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
3994       return !RD->isUnion() && RD->isAbstract();
3995     return false;
3996   // __is_interface_class only returns true when CL is invoked in /CLR mode and
3997   // even then only when it is used with the 'interface struct ...' syntax
3998   // Clang doesn't support /CLR which makes this type trait moot.
3999   case UTT_IsInterfaceClass:
4000     return false;
4001   case UTT_IsFinal:
4002   case UTT_IsSealed:
4003     if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
4004       return RD->hasAttr<FinalAttr>();
4005     return false;
4006   case UTT_IsSigned:
4007     return T->isSignedIntegerType();
4008   case UTT_IsUnsigned:
4009     return T->isUnsignedIntegerType();
4010 
4011     // Type trait expressions which query classes regarding their construction,
4012     // destruction, and copying. Rather than being based directly on the
4013     // related type predicates in the standard, they are specified by both
4014     // GCC[1] and the Embarcadero C++ compiler[2], and Clang implements those
4015     // specifications.
4016     //
4017     //   1: http://gcc.gnu/.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html
4018     //   2: http://docwiki.embarcadero.com/RADStudio/XE/en/Type_Trait_Functions_(C%2B%2B0x)_Index
4019     //
4020     // Note that these builtins do not behave as documented in g++: if a class
4021     // has both a trivial and a non-trivial special member of a particular kind,
4022     // they return false! For now, we emulate this behavior.
4023     // FIXME: This appears to be a g++ bug: more complex cases reveal that it
4024     // does not correctly compute triviality in the presence of multiple special
4025     // members of the same kind. Revisit this once the g++ bug is fixed.
4026   case UTT_HasTrivialDefaultConstructor:
4027     // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
4028     //   If __is_pod (type) is true then the trait is true, else if type is
4029     //   a cv class or union type (or array thereof) with a trivial default
4030     //   constructor ([class.ctor]) then the trait is true, else it is false.
4031     if (T.isPODType(C))
4032       return true;
4033     if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
4034       return RD->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor() &&
4035              !RD->hasNonTrivialDefaultConstructor();
4036     return false;
4037   case UTT_HasTrivialMoveConstructor:
4038     //  This trait is implemented by MSVC 2012 and needed to parse the
4039     //  standard library headers. Specifically this is used as the logic
4040     //  behind std::is_trivially_move_constructible (20.9.4.3).
4041     if (T.isPODType(C))
4042       return true;
4043     if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
4044       return RD->hasTrivialMoveConstructor() && !RD->hasNonTrivialMoveConstructor();
4045     return false;
4046   case UTT_HasTrivialCopy:
4047     // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
4048     //   If __is_pod (type) is true or type is a reference type then
4049     //   the trait is true, else if type is a cv class or union type
4050     //   with a trivial copy constructor ([class.copy]) then the trait
4051     //   is true, else it is false.
4052     if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isReferenceType())
4053       return true;
4054     if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
4055       return RD->hasTrivialCopyConstructor() &&
4056              !RD->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor();
4057     return false;
4058   case UTT_HasTrivialMoveAssign:
4059     //  This trait is implemented by MSVC 2012 and needed to parse the
4060     //  standard library headers. Specifically it is used as the logic
4061     //  behind std::is_trivially_move_assignable (20.9.4.3)
4062     if (T.isPODType(C))
4063       return true;
4064     if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
4065       return RD->hasTrivialMoveAssignment() && !RD->hasNonTrivialMoveAssignment();
4066     return false;
4067   case UTT_HasTrivialAssign:
4068     // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
4069     //   If type is const qualified or is a reference type then the
4070     //   trait is false. Otherwise if __is_pod (type) is true then the
4071     //   trait is true, else if type is a cv class or union type with
4072     //   a trivial copy assignment ([class.copy]) then the trait is
4073     //   true, else it is false.
4074     // Note: the const and reference restrictions are interesting,
4075     // given that const and reference members don't prevent a class
4076     // from having a trivial copy assignment operator (but do cause
4077     // errors if the copy assignment operator is actually used, q.v.
4078     // [class.copy]p12).
4079 
4080     if (T.isConstQualified())
4081       return false;
4082     if (T.isPODType(C))
4083       return true;
4084     if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
4085       return RD->hasTrivialCopyAssignment() &&
4086              !RD->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment();
4087     return false;
4088   case UTT_IsDestructible:
4089   case UTT_IsNothrowDestructible:
4090     // C++14 [meta.unary.prop]:
4091     //   For reference types, is_destructible<T>::value is true.
4092     if (T->isReferenceType())
4093       return true;
4094 
4095     // Objective-C++ ARC: autorelease types don't require destruction.
4096     if (T->isObjCLifetimeType() &&
4097         T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing)
4098       return true;
4099 
4100     // C++14 [meta.unary.prop]:
4101     //   For incomplete types and function types, is_destructible<T>::value is
4102     //   false.
4103     if (T->isIncompleteType() || T->isFunctionType())
4104       return false;
4105 
4106     // C++14 [meta.unary.prop]:
4107     //   For object types and given U equal to remove_all_extents_t<T>, if the
4108     //   expression std::declval<U&>().~U() is well-formed when treated as an
4109     //   unevaluated operand (Clause 5), then is_destructible<T>::value is true
4110     if (auto *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) {
4111       CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = Self.LookupDestructor(RD);
4112       if (!Destructor)
4113         return false;
4114       //  C++14 [dcl.fct.def.delete]p2:
4115       //    A program that refers to a deleted function implicitly or
4116       //    explicitly, other than to declare it, is ill-formed.
4117       if (Destructor->isDeleted())
4118         return false;
4119       if (C.getLangOpts().AccessControl && Destructor->getAccess() != AS_public)
4120         return false;
4121       if (UTT == UTT_IsNothrowDestructible) {
4122         const FunctionProtoType *CPT =
4123             Destructor->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
4124         CPT = Self.ResolveExceptionSpec(KeyLoc, CPT);
4125         if (!CPT || !CPT->isNothrow(C))
4126           return false;
4127       }
4128     }
4129     return true;
4130 
4131   case UTT_HasTrivialDestructor:
4132     // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html
4133     //   If __is_pod (type) is true or type is a reference type
4134     //   then the trait is true, else if type is a cv class or union
4135     //   type (or array thereof) with a trivial destructor
4136     //   ([class.dtor]) then the trait is true, else it is
4137     //   false.
4138     if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isReferenceType())
4139       return true;
4140 
4141     // Objective-C++ ARC: autorelease types don't require destruction.
4142     if (T->isObjCLifetimeType() &&
4143         T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing)
4144       return true;
4145 
4146     if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
4147       return RD->hasTrivialDestructor();
4148     return false;
4149   // TODO: Propagate nothrowness for implicitly declared special members.
4150   case UTT_HasNothrowAssign:
4151     // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
4152     //   If type is const qualified or is a reference type then the
4153     //   trait is false. Otherwise if __has_trivial_assign (type)
4154     //   is true then the trait is true, else if type is a cv class
4155     //   or union type with copy assignment operators that are known
4156     //   not to throw an exception then the trait is true, else it is
4157     //   false.
4158     if (C.getBaseElementType(T).isConstQualified())
4159       return false;
4160     if (T->isReferenceType())
4161       return false;
4162     if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isObjCLifetimeType())
4163       return true;
4164 
4165     if (const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>())
4166       return HasNoThrowOperator(RT, OO_Equal, Self, KeyLoc, C,
4167                                 &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialCopyAssignment,
4168                                 &CXXRecordDecl::hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment,
4169                                 &CXXMethodDecl::isCopyAssignmentOperator);
4170     return false;
4171   case UTT_HasNothrowMoveAssign:
4172     //  This trait is implemented by MSVC 2012 and needed to parse the
4173     //  standard library headers. Specifically this is used as the logic
4174     //  behind std::is_nothrow_move_assignable (20.9.4.3).
4175     if (T.isPODType(C))
4176       return true;
4177 
4178     if (const RecordType *RT = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAs<RecordType>())
4179       return HasNoThrowOperator(RT, OO_Equal, Self, KeyLoc, C,
4180                                 &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialMoveAssignment,
4181                                 &CXXRecordDecl::hasNonTrivialMoveAssignment,
4182                                 &CXXMethodDecl::isMoveAssignmentOperator);
4183     return false;
4184   case UTT_HasNothrowCopy:
4185     // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
4186     //   If __has_trivial_copy (type) is true then the trait is true, else
4187     //   if type is a cv class or union type with copy constructors that are
4188     //   known not to throw an exception then the trait is true, else it is
4189     //   false.
4190     if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isReferenceType() || T->isObjCLifetimeType())
4191       return true;
4192     if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) {
4193       if (RD->hasTrivialCopyConstructor() &&
4194           !RD->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor())
4195         return true;
4196 
4197       bool FoundConstructor = false;
4198       unsigned FoundTQs;
4199       for (const auto *ND : Self.LookupConstructors(RD)) {
4200         // A template constructor is never a copy constructor.
4201         // FIXME: However, it may actually be selected at the actual overload
4202         // resolution point.
4203         if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND))
4204           continue;
4205         const CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(ND);
4206         if (Constructor->isCopyConstructor(FoundTQs)) {
4207           FoundConstructor = true;
4208           const FunctionProtoType *CPT
4209               = Constructor->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
4210           CPT = Self.ResolveExceptionSpec(KeyLoc, CPT);
4211           if (!CPT)
4212             return false;
4213           // TODO: check whether evaluating default arguments can throw.
4214           // For now, we'll be conservative and assume that they can throw.
4215           if (!CPT->isNothrow(C) || CPT->getNumParams() > 1)
4216             return false;
4217         }
4218       }
4219 
4220       return FoundConstructor;
4221     }
4222     return false;
4223   case UTT_HasNothrowConstructor:
4224     // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html
4225     //   If __has_trivial_constructor (type) is true then the trait is
4226     //   true, else if type is a cv class or union type (or array
4227     //   thereof) with a default constructor that is known not to
4228     //   throw an exception then the trait is true, else it is false.
4229     if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isObjCLifetimeType())
4230       return true;
4231     if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) {
4232       if (RD->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor() &&
4233           !RD->hasNonTrivialDefaultConstructor())
4234         return true;
4235 
4236       bool FoundConstructor = false;
4237       for (const auto *ND : Self.LookupConstructors(RD)) {
4238         // FIXME: In C++0x, a constructor template can be a default constructor.
4239         if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND))
4240           continue;
4241         const CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(ND);
4242         if (Constructor->isDefaultConstructor()) {
4243           FoundConstructor = true;
4244           const FunctionProtoType *CPT
4245               = Constructor->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
4246           CPT = Self.ResolveExceptionSpec(KeyLoc, CPT);
4247           if (!CPT)
4248             return false;
4249           // FIXME: check whether evaluating default arguments can throw.
4250           // For now, we'll be conservative and assume that they can throw.
4251           if (!CPT->isNothrow(C) || CPT->getNumParams() > 0)
4252             return false;
4253         }
4254       }
4255       return FoundConstructor;
4256     }
4257     return false;
4258   case UTT_HasVirtualDestructor:
4259     // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
4260     //   If type is a class type with a virtual destructor ([class.dtor])
4261     //   then the trait is true, else it is false.
4262     if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
4263       if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = Self.LookupDestructor(RD))
4264         return Destructor->isVirtual();
4265     return false;
4266 
4267     // These type trait expressions are modeled on the specifications for the
4268     // Embarcadero C++0x type trait functions:
4269     //   http://docwiki.embarcadero.com/RADStudio/XE/en/Type_Trait_Functions_(C%2B%2B0x)_Index
4270   case UTT_IsCompleteType:
4271     // http://docwiki.embarcadero.com/RADStudio/XE/en/Is_complete_type_(typename_T_):
4272     //   Returns True if and only if T is a complete type at the point of the
4273     //   function call.
4274     return !T->isIncompleteType();
4275   }
4276 }
4277 
4278 /// \brief Determine whether T has a non-trivial Objective-C lifetime in
4279 /// ARC mode.
4280 static bool hasNontrivialObjCLifetime(QualType T) {
4281   switch (T.getObjCLifetime()) {
4282   case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
4283     return false;
4284 
4285   case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
4286   case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
4287   case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
4288     return true;
4289 
4290   case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
4291     return T->isObjCLifetimeType();
4292   }
4293 
4294   llvm_unreachable("Unknown ObjC lifetime qualifier");
4295 }
4296 
4297 static bool EvaluateBinaryTypeTrait(Sema &Self, TypeTrait BTT, QualType LhsT,
4298                                     QualType RhsT, SourceLocation KeyLoc);
4299 
4300 static bool evaluateTypeTrait(Sema &S, TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc,
4301                               ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args,
4302                               SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
4303   if (Kind <= UTT_Last)
4304     return EvaluateUnaryTypeTrait(S, Kind, KWLoc, Args[0]->getType());
4305 
4306   if (Kind <= BTT_Last)
4307     return EvaluateBinaryTypeTrait(S, Kind, Args[0]->getType(),
4308                                    Args[1]->getType(), RParenLoc);
4309 
4310   switch (Kind) {
4311   case clang::TT_IsConstructible:
4312   case clang::TT_IsNothrowConstructible:
4313   case clang::TT_IsTriviallyConstructible: {
4314     // C++11 [meta.unary.prop]:
4315     //   is_trivially_constructible is defined as:
4316     //
4317     //     is_constructible<T, Args...>::value is true and the variable
4318     //     definition for is_constructible, as defined below, is known to call
4319     //     no operation that is not trivial.
4320     //
4321     //   The predicate condition for a template specialization
4322     //   is_constructible<T, Args...> shall be satisfied if and only if the
4323     //   following variable definition would be well-formed for some invented
4324     //   variable t:
4325     //
4326     //     T t(create<Args>()...);
4327     assert(!Args.empty());
4328 
4329     // Precondition: T and all types in the parameter pack Args shall be
4330     // complete types, (possibly cv-qualified) void, or arrays of
4331     // unknown bound.
4332     for (const auto *TSI : Args) {
4333       QualType ArgTy = TSI->getType();
4334       if (ArgTy->isVoidType() || ArgTy->isIncompleteArrayType())
4335         continue;
4336 
4337       if (S.RequireCompleteType(KWLoc, ArgTy,
4338           diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr))
4339         return false;
4340     }
4341 
4342     // Make sure the first argument is not incomplete nor a function type.
4343     QualType T = Args[0]->getType();
4344     if (T->isIncompleteType() || T->isFunctionType())
4345       return false;
4346 
4347     // Make sure the first argument is not an abstract type.
4348     CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
4349     if (RD && RD->isAbstract())
4350       return false;
4351 
4352     SmallVector<OpaqueValueExpr, 2> OpaqueArgExprs;
4353     SmallVector<Expr *, 2> ArgExprs;
4354     ArgExprs.reserve(Args.size() - 1);
4355     for (unsigned I = 1, N = Args.size(); I != N; ++I) {
4356       QualType ArgTy = Args[I]->getType();
4357       if (ArgTy->isObjectType() || ArgTy->isFunctionType())
4358         ArgTy = S.Context.getRValueReferenceType(ArgTy);
4359       OpaqueArgExprs.push_back(
4360           OpaqueValueExpr(Args[I]->getTypeLoc().getLocStart(),
4361                           ArgTy.getNonLValueExprType(S.Context),
4362                           Expr::getValueKindForType(ArgTy)));
4363     }
4364     for (Expr &E : OpaqueArgExprs)
4365       ArgExprs.push_back(&E);
4366 
4367     // Perform the initialization in an unevaluated context within a SFINAE
4368     // trap at translation unit scope.
4369     EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(S, Sema::Unevaluated);
4370     Sema::SFINAETrap SFINAE(S, /*AccessCheckingSFINAE=*/true);
4371     Sema::ContextRAII TUContext(S, S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
4372     InitializedEntity To(InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Args[0]));
4373     InitializationKind InitKind(InitializationKind::CreateDirect(KWLoc, KWLoc,
4374                                                                  RParenLoc));
4375     InitializationSequence Init(S, To, InitKind, ArgExprs);
4376     if (Init.Failed())
4377       return false;
4378 
4379     ExprResult Result = Init.Perform(S, To, InitKind, ArgExprs);
4380     if (Result.isInvalid() || SFINAE.hasErrorOccurred())
4381       return false;
4382 
4383     if (Kind == clang::TT_IsConstructible)
4384       return true;
4385 
4386     if (Kind == clang::TT_IsNothrowConstructible)
4387       return S.canThrow(Result.get()) == CT_Cannot;
4388 
4389     if (Kind == clang::TT_IsTriviallyConstructible) {
4390       // Under Objective-C ARC, if the destination has non-trivial Objective-C
4391       // lifetime, this is a non-trivial construction.
4392       if (S.getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
4393           hasNontrivialObjCLifetime(T.getNonReferenceType()))
4394         return false;
4395 
4396       // The initialization succeeded; now make sure there are no non-trivial
4397       // calls.
4398       return !Result.get()->hasNonTrivialCall(S.Context);
4399     }
4400 
4401     llvm_unreachable("unhandled type trait");
4402     return false;
4403   }
4404     default: llvm_unreachable("not a TT");
4405   }
4406 
4407   return false;
4408 }
4409 
4410 ExprResult Sema::BuildTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc,
4411                                 ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args,
4412                                 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
4413   QualType ResultType = Context.getLogicalOperationType();
4414 
4415   if (Kind <= UTT_Last && !CheckUnaryTypeTraitTypeCompleteness(
4416                                *this, Kind, KWLoc, Args[0]->getType()))
4417     return ExprError();
4418 
4419   bool Dependent = false;
4420   for (unsigned I = 0, N = Args.size(); I != N; ++I) {
4421     if (Args[I]->getType()->isDependentType()) {
4422       Dependent = true;
4423       break;
4424     }
4425   }
4426 
4427   bool Result = false;
4428   if (!Dependent)
4429     Result = evaluateTypeTrait(*this, Kind, KWLoc, Args, RParenLoc);
4430 
4431   return TypeTraitExpr::Create(Context, ResultType, KWLoc, Kind, Args,
4432                                RParenLoc, Result);
4433 }
4434 
4435 ExprResult Sema::ActOnTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc,
4436                                 ArrayRef<ParsedType> Args,
4437                                 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
4438   SmallVector<TypeSourceInfo *, 4> ConvertedArgs;
4439   ConvertedArgs.reserve(Args.size());
4440 
4441   for (unsigned I = 0, N = Args.size(); I != N; ++I) {
4442     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
4443     QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(Args[I], &TInfo);
4444     if (!TInfo)
4445       TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, KWLoc);
4446 
4447     ConvertedArgs.push_back(TInfo);
4448   }
4449 
4450   return BuildTypeTrait(Kind, KWLoc, ConvertedArgs, RParenLoc);
4451 }
4452 
4453 static bool EvaluateBinaryTypeTrait(Sema &Self, TypeTrait BTT, QualType LhsT,
4454                                     QualType RhsT, SourceLocation KeyLoc) {
4455   assert(!LhsT->isDependentType() && !RhsT->isDependentType() &&
4456          "Cannot evaluate traits of dependent types");
4457 
4458   switch(BTT) {
4459   case BTT_IsBaseOf: {
4460     // C++0x [meta.rel]p2
4461     // Base is a base class of Derived without regard to cv-qualifiers or
4462     // Base and Derived are not unions and name the same class type without
4463     // regard to cv-qualifiers.
4464 
4465     const RecordType *lhsRecord = LhsT->getAs<RecordType>();
4466     if (!lhsRecord) return false;
4467 
4468     const RecordType *rhsRecord = RhsT->getAs<RecordType>();
4469     if (!rhsRecord) return false;
4470 
4471     assert(Self.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(LhsT, RhsT)
4472              == (lhsRecord == rhsRecord));
4473 
4474     if (lhsRecord == rhsRecord)
4475       return !lhsRecord->getDecl()->isUnion();
4476 
4477     // C++0x [meta.rel]p2:
4478     //   If Base and Derived are class types and are different types
4479     //   (ignoring possible cv-qualifiers) then Derived shall be a
4480     //   complete type.
4481     if (Self.RequireCompleteType(KeyLoc, RhsT,
4482                           diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr))
4483       return false;
4484 
4485     return cast<CXXRecordDecl>(rhsRecord->getDecl())
4486       ->isDerivedFrom(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(lhsRecord->getDecl()));
4487   }
4488   case BTT_IsSame:
4489     return Self.Context.hasSameType(LhsT, RhsT);
4490   case BTT_TypeCompatible:
4491     return Self.Context.typesAreCompatible(LhsT.getUnqualifiedType(),
4492                                            RhsT.getUnqualifiedType());
4493   case BTT_IsConvertible:
4494   case BTT_IsConvertibleTo: {
4495     // C++0x [meta.rel]p4:
4496     //   Given the following function prototype:
4497     //
4498     //     template <class T>
4499     //       typename add_rvalue_reference<T>::type create();
4500     //
4501     //   the predicate condition for a template specialization
4502     //   is_convertible<From, To> shall be satisfied if and only if
4503     //   the return expression in the following code would be
4504     //   well-formed, including any implicit conversions to the return
4505     //   type of the function:
4506     //
4507     //     To test() {
4508     //       return create<From>();
4509     //     }
4510     //
4511     //   Access checking is performed as if in a context unrelated to To and
4512     //   From. Only the validity of the immediate context of the expression
4513     //   of the return-statement (including conversions to the return type)
4514     //   is considered.
4515     //
4516     // We model the initialization as a copy-initialization of a temporary
4517     // of the appropriate type, which for this expression is identical to the
4518     // return statement (since NRVO doesn't apply).
4519 
4520     // Functions aren't allowed to return function or array types.
4521     if (RhsT->isFunctionType() || RhsT->isArrayType())
4522       return false;
4523 
4524     // A return statement in a void function must have void type.
4525     if (RhsT->isVoidType())
4526       return LhsT->isVoidType();
4527 
4528     // A function definition requires a complete, non-abstract return type.
4529     if (!Self.isCompleteType(KeyLoc, RhsT) || Self.isAbstractType(KeyLoc, RhsT))
4530       return false;
4531 
4532     // Compute the result of add_rvalue_reference.
4533     if (LhsT->isObjectType() || LhsT->isFunctionType())
4534       LhsT = Self.Context.getRValueReferenceType(LhsT);
4535 
4536     // Build a fake source and destination for initialization.
4537     InitializedEntity To(InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(RhsT));
4538     OpaqueValueExpr From(KeyLoc, LhsT.getNonLValueExprType(Self.Context),
4539                          Expr::getValueKindForType(LhsT));
4540     Expr *FromPtr = &From;
4541     InitializationKind Kind(InitializationKind::CreateCopy(KeyLoc,
4542                                                            SourceLocation()));
4543 
4544     // Perform the initialization in an unevaluated context within a SFINAE
4545     // trap at translation unit scope.
4546     EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(Self, Sema::Unevaluated);
4547     Sema::SFINAETrap SFINAE(Self, /*AccessCheckingSFINAE=*/true);
4548     Sema::ContextRAII TUContext(Self, Self.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
4549     InitializationSequence Init(Self, To, Kind, FromPtr);
4550     if (Init.Failed())
4551       return false;
4552 
4553     ExprResult Result = Init.Perform(Self, To, Kind, FromPtr);
4554     return !Result.isInvalid() && !SFINAE.hasErrorOccurred();
4555   }
4556 
4557   case BTT_IsAssignable:
4558   case BTT_IsNothrowAssignable:
4559   case BTT_IsTriviallyAssignable: {
4560     // C++11 [meta.unary.prop]p3:
4561     //   is_trivially_assignable is defined as:
4562     //     is_assignable<T, U>::value is true and the assignment, as defined by
4563     //     is_assignable, is known to call no operation that is not trivial
4564     //
4565     //   is_assignable is defined as:
4566     //     The expression declval<T>() = declval<U>() is well-formed when
4567     //     treated as an unevaluated operand (Clause 5).
4568     //
4569     //   For both, T and U shall be complete types, (possibly cv-qualified)
4570     //   void, or arrays of unknown bound.
4571     if (!LhsT->isVoidType() && !LhsT->isIncompleteArrayType() &&
4572         Self.RequireCompleteType(KeyLoc, LhsT,
4573           diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr))
4574       return false;
4575     if (!RhsT->isVoidType() && !RhsT->isIncompleteArrayType() &&
4576         Self.RequireCompleteType(KeyLoc, RhsT,
4577           diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr))
4578       return false;
4579 
4580     // cv void is never assignable.
4581     if (LhsT->isVoidType() || RhsT->isVoidType())
4582       return false;
4583 
4584     // Build expressions that emulate the effect of declval<T>() and
4585     // declval<U>().
4586     if (LhsT->isObjectType() || LhsT->isFunctionType())
4587       LhsT = Self.Context.getRValueReferenceType(LhsT);
4588     if (RhsT->isObjectType() || RhsT->isFunctionType())
4589       RhsT = Self.Context.getRValueReferenceType(RhsT);
4590     OpaqueValueExpr Lhs(KeyLoc, LhsT.getNonLValueExprType(Self.Context),
4591                         Expr::getValueKindForType(LhsT));
4592     OpaqueValueExpr Rhs(KeyLoc, RhsT.getNonLValueExprType(Self.Context),
4593                         Expr::getValueKindForType(RhsT));
4594 
4595     // Attempt the assignment in an unevaluated context within a SFINAE
4596     // trap at translation unit scope.
4597     EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(Self, Sema::Unevaluated);
4598     Sema::SFINAETrap SFINAE(Self, /*AccessCheckingSFINAE=*/true);
4599     Sema::ContextRAII TUContext(Self, Self.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
4600     ExprResult Result = Self.BuildBinOp(/*S=*/nullptr, KeyLoc, BO_Assign, &Lhs,
4601                                         &Rhs);
4602     if (Result.isInvalid() || SFINAE.hasErrorOccurred())
4603       return false;
4604 
4605     if (BTT == BTT_IsAssignable)
4606       return true;
4607 
4608     if (BTT == BTT_IsNothrowAssignable)
4609       return Self.canThrow(Result.get()) == CT_Cannot;
4610 
4611     if (BTT == BTT_IsTriviallyAssignable) {
4612       // Under Objective-C ARC, if the destination has non-trivial Objective-C
4613       // lifetime, this is a non-trivial assignment.
4614       if (Self.getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
4615           hasNontrivialObjCLifetime(LhsT.getNonReferenceType()))
4616         return false;
4617 
4618       return !Result.get()->hasNonTrivialCall(Self.Context);
4619     }
4620 
4621     llvm_unreachable("unhandled type trait");
4622     return false;
4623   }
4624     default: llvm_unreachable("not a BTT");
4625   }
4626   llvm_unreachable("Unknown type trait or not implemented");
4627 }
4628 
4629 ExprResult Sema::ActOnArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT,
4630                                      SourceLocation KWLoc,
4631                                      ParsedType Ty,
4632                                      Expr* DimExpr,
4633                                      SourceLocation RParen) {
4634   TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo;
4635   QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(Ty, &TSInfo);
4636   if (!TSInfo)
4637     TSInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);
4638 
4639   return BuildArrayTypeTrait(ATT, KWLoc, TSInfo, DimExpr, RParen);
4640 }
4641 
4642 static uint64_t EvaluateArrayTypeTrait(Sema &Self, ArrayTypeTrait ATT,
4643                                            QualType T, Expr *DimExpr,
4644                                            SourceLocation KeyLoc) {
4645   assert(!T->isDependentType() && "Cannot evaluate traits of dependent type");
4646 
4647   switch(ATT) {
4648   case ATT_ArrayRank:
4649     if (T->isArrayType()) {
4650       unsigned Dim = 0;
4651       while (const ArrayType *AT = Self.Context.getAsArrayType(T)) {
4652         ++Dim;
4653         T = AT->getElementType();
4654       }
4655       return Dim;
4656     }
4657     return 0;
4658 
4659   case ATT_ArrayExtent: {
4660     llvm::APSInt Value;
4661     uint64_t Dim;
4662     if (Self.VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(DimExpr, &Value,
4663           diag::err_dimension_expr_not_constant_integer,
4664           false).isInvalid())
4665       return 0;
4666     if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) {
4667       Self.Diag(KeyLoc, diag::err_dimension_expr_not_constant_integer)
4668         << DimExpr->getSourceRange();
4669       return 0;
4670     }
4671     Dim = Value.getLimitedValue();
4672 
4673     if (T->isArrayType()) {
4674       unsigned D = 0;
4675       bool Matched = false;
4676       while (const ArrayType *AT = Self.Context.getAsArrayType(T)) {
4677         if (Dim == D) {
4678           Matched = true;
4679           break;
4680         }
4681         ++D;
4682         T = AT->getElementType();
4683       }
4684 
4685       if (Matched && T->isArrayType()) {
4686         if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = Self.Context.getAsConstantArrayType(T))
4687           return CAT->getSize().getLimitedValue();
4688       }
4689     }
4690     return 0;
4691   }
4692   }
4693   llvm_unreachable("Unknown type trait or not implemented");
4694 }
4695 
4696 ExprResult Sema::BuildArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT,
4697                                      SourceLocation KWLoc,
4698                                      TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
4699                                      Expr* DimExpr,
4700                                      SourceLocation RParen) {
4701   QualType T = TSInfo->getType();
4702 
4703   // FIXME: This should likely be tracked as an APInt to remove any host
4704   // assumptions about the width of size_t on the target.
4705   uint64_t Value = 0;
4706   if (!T->isDependentType())
4707     Value = EvaluateArrayTypeTrait(*this, ATT, T, DimExpr, KWLoc);
4708 
4709   // While the specification for these traits from the Embarcadero C++
4710   // compiler's documentation says the return type is 'unsigned int', Clang
4711   // returns 'size_t'. On Windows, the primary platform for the Embarcadero
4712   // compiler, there is no difference. On several other platforms this is an
4713   // important distinction.
4714   return new (Context) ArrayTypeTraitExpr(KWLoc, ATT, TSInfo, Value, DimExpr,
4715                                           RParen, Context.getSizeType());
4716 }
4717 
4718 ExprResult Sema::ActOnExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait ET,
4719                                       SourceLocation KWLoc,
4720                                       Expr *Queried,
4721                                       SourceLocation RParen) {
4722   // If error parsing the expression, ignore.
4723   if (!Queried)
4724     return ExprError();
4725 
4726   ExprResult Result = BuildExpressionTrait(ET, KWLoc, Queried, RParen);
4727 
4728   return Result;
4729 }
4730 
4731 static bool EvaluateExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait ET, Expr *E) {
4732   switch (ET) {
4733   case ET_IsLValueExpr: return E->isLValue();
4734   case ET_IsRValueExpr: return E->isRValue();
4735   }
4736   llvm_unreachable("Expression trait not covered by switch");
4737 }
4738 
4739 ExprResult Sema::BuildExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait ET,
4740                                       SourceLocation KWLoc,
4741                                       Expr *Queried,
4742                                       SourceLocation RParen) {
4743   if (Queried->isTypeDependent()) {
4744     // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions.
4745   } else if (Queried->getType()->isPlaceholderType()) {
4746     ExprResult PE = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Queried);
4747     if (PE.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
4748     return BuildExpressionTrait(ET, KWLoc, PE.get(), RParen);
4749   }
4750 
4751   bool Value = EvaluateExpressionTrait(ET, Queried);
4752 
4753   return new (Context)
4754       ExpressionTraitExpr(KWLoc, ET, Queried, Value, RParen, Context.BoolTy);
4755 }
4756 
4757 QualType Sema::CheckPointerToMemberOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
4758                                             ExprValueKind &VK,
4759                                             SourceLocation Loc,
4760                                             bool isIndirect) {
4761   assert(!LHS.get()->getType()->isPlaceholderType() &&
4762          !RHS.get()->getType()->isPlaceholderType() &&
4763          "placeholders should have been weeded out by now");
4764 
4765   // The LHS undergoes lvalue conversions if this is ->*.
4766   if (isIndirect) {
4767     LHS = DefaultLvalueConversion(LHS.get());
4768     if (LHS.isInvalid()) return QualType();
4769   }
4770 
4771   // The RHS always undergoes lvalue conversions.
4772   RHS = DefaultLvalueConversion(RHS.get());
4773   if (RHS.isInvalid()) return QualType();
4774 
4775   const char *OpSpelling = isIndirect ? "->*" : ".*";
4776   // C++ 5.5p2
4777   //   The binary operator .* [p3: ->*] binds its second operand, which shall
4778   //   be of type "pointer to member of T" (where T is a completely-defined
4779   //   class type) [...]
4780   QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType();
4781   const MemberPointerType *MemPtr = RHSType->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
4782   if (!MemPtr) {
4783     Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_memptr_rhs)
4784       << OpSpelling << RHSType << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
4785     return QualType();
4786   }
4787 
4788   QualType Class(MemPtr->getClass(), 0);
4789 
4790   // Note: C++ [expr.mptr.oper]p2-3 says that the class type into which the
4791   // member pointer points must be completely-defined. However, there is no
4792   // reason for this semantic distinction, and the rule is not enforced by
4793   // other compilers. Therefore, we do not check this property, as it is
4794   // likely to be considered a defect.
4795 
4796   // C++ 5.5p2
4797   //   [...] to its first operand, which shall be of class T or of a class of
4798   //   which T is an unambiguous and accessible base class. [p3: a pointer to
4799   //   such a class]
4800   QualType LHSType = LHS.get()->getType();
4801   if (isIndirect) {
4802     if (const PointerType *Ptr = LHSType->getAs<PointerType>())
4803       LHSType = Ptr->getPointeeType();
4804     else {
4805       Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_memptr_lhs)
4806         << OpSpelling << 1 << LHSType
4807         << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(Loc), ".*");
4808       return QualType();
4809     }
4810   }
4811 
4812   if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Class, LHSType)) {
4813     // If we want to check the hierarchy, we need a complete type.
4814     if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, LHSType, diag::err_bad_memptr_lhs,
4815                             OpSpelling, (int)isIndirect)) {
4816       return QualType();
4817     }
4818 
4819     if (!IsDerivedFrom(Loc, LHSType, Class)) {
4820       Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_memptr_lhs) << OpSpelling
4821         << (int)isIndirect << LHS.get()->getType();
4822       return QualType();
4823     }
4824 
4825     CXXCastPath BasePath;
4826     if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(LHSType, Class, Loc,
4827                                      SourceRange(LHS.get()->getLocStart(),
4828                                                  RHS.get()->getLocEnd()),
4829                                      &BasePath))
4830       return QualType();
4831 
4832     // Cast LHS to type of use.
4833     QualType UseType = isIndirect ? Context.getPointerType(Class) : Class;
4834     ExprValueKind VK = isIndirect ? VK_RValue : LHS.get()->getValueKind();
4835     LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), UseType, CK_DerivedToBase, VK,
4836                             &BasePath);
4837   }
4838 
4839   if (isa<CXXScalarValueInitExpr>(RHS.get()->IgnoreParens())) {
4840     // Diagnose use of pointer-to-member type which when used as
4841     // the functional cast in a pointer-to-member expression.
4842     Diag(Loc, diag::err_pointer_to_member_type) << isIndirect;
4843      return QualType();
4844   }
4845 
4846   // C++ 5.5p2
4847   //   The result is an object or a function of the type specified by the
4848   //   second operand.
4849   // The cv qualifiers are the union of those in the pointer and the left side,
4850   // in accordance with 5.5p5 and 5.2.5.
4851   QualType Result = MemPtr->getPointeeType();
4852   Result = Context.getCVRQualifiedType(Result, LHSType.getCVRQualifiers());
4853 
4854   // C++0x [expr.mptr.oper]p6:
4855   //   In a .* expression whose object expression is an rvalue, the program is
4856   //   ill-formed if the second operand is a pointer to member function with
4857   //   ref-qualifier &. In a ->* expression or in a .* expression whose object
4858   //   expression is an lvalue, the program is ill-formed if the second operand
4859   //   is a pointer to member function with ref-qualifier &&.
4860   if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = Result->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
4861     switch (Proto->getRefQualifier()) {
4862     case RQ_None:
4863       // Do nothing
4864       break;
4865 
4866     case RQ_LValue:
4867       if (!isIndirect && !LHS.get()->Classify(Context).isLValue())
4868         Diag(Loc, diag::err_pointer_to_member_oper_value_classify)
4869           << RHSType << 1 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange();
4870       break;
4871 
4872     case RQ_RValue:
4873       if (isIndirect || !LHS.get()->Classify(Context).isRValue())
4874         Diag(Loc, diag::err_pointer_to_member_oper_value_classify)
4875           << RHSType << 0 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange();
4876       break;
4877     }
4878   }
4879 
4880   // C++ [expr.mptr.oper]p6:
4881   //   The result of a .* expression whose second operand is a pointer
4882   //   to a data member is of the same value category as its
4883   //   first operand. The result of a .* expression whose second
4884   //   operand is a pointer to a member function is a prvalue. The
4885   //   result of an ->* expression is an lvalue if its second operand
4886   //   is a pointer to data member and a prvalue otherwise.
4887   if (Result->isFunctionType()) {
4888     VK = VK_RValue;
4889     return Context.BoundMemberTy;
4890   } else if (isIndirect) {
4891     VK = VK_LValue;
4892   } else {
4893     VK = LHS.get()->getValueKind();
4894   }
4895 
4896   return Result;
4897 }
4898 
4899 /// \brief Try to convert a type to another according to C++11 5.16p3.
4900 ///
4901 /// This is part of the parameter validation for the ? operator. If either
4902 /// value operand is a class type, the two operands are attempted to be
4903 /// converted to each other. This function does the conversion in one direction.
4904 /// It returns true if the program is ill-formed and has already been diagnosed
4905 /// as such.
4906 static bool TryClassUnification(Sema &Self, Expr *From, Expr *To,
4907                                 SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
4908                                 bool &HaveConversion,
4909                                 QualType &ToType) {
4910   HaveConversion = false;
4911   ToType = To->getType();
4912 
4913   InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateCopy(To->getLocStart(),
4914                                                            SourceLocation());
4915   // C++11 5.16p3
4916   //   The process for determining whether an operand expression E1 of type T1
4917   //   can be converted to match an operand expression E2 of type T2 is defined
4918   //   as follows:
4919   //   -- If E2 is an lvalue: E1 can be converted to match E2 if E1 can be
4920   //      implicitly converted to type "lvalue reference to T2", subject to the
4921   //      constraint that in the conversion the reference must bind directly to
4922   //      an lvalue.
4923   //   -- If E2 is an xvalue: E1 can be converted to match E2 if E1 can be
4924   //      implicitly conveted to the type "rvalue reference to R2", subject to
4925   //      the constraint that the reference must bind directly.
4926   if (To->isLValue() || To->isXValue()) {
4927     QualType T = To->isLValue() ? Self.Context.getLValueReferenceType(ToType)
4928                                 : Self.Context.getRValueReferenceType(ToType);
4929 
4930     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(T);
4931 
4932     InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, From);
4933     if (InitSeq.isDirectReferenceBinding()) {
4934       ToType = T;
4935       HaveConversion = true;
4936       return false;
4937     }
4938 
4939     if (InitSeq.isAmbiguous())
4940       return InitSeq.Diagnose(Self, Entity, Kind, From);
4941   }
4942 
4943   //   -- If E2 is an rvalue, or if the conversion above cannot be done:
4944   //      -- if E1 and E2 have class type, and the underlying class types are
4945   //         the same or one is a base class of the other:
4946   QualType FTy = From->getType();
4947   QualType TTy = To->getType();
4948   const RecordType *FRec = FTy->getAs<RecordType>();
4949   const RecordType *TRec = TTy->getAs<RecordType>();
4950   bool FDerivedFromT = FRec && TRec && FRec != TRec &&
4951                        Self.IsDerivedFrom(QuestionLoc, FTy, TTy);
4952   if (FRec && TRec && (FRec == TRec || FDerivedFromT ||
4953                        Self.IsDerivedFrom(QuestionLoc, TTy, FTy))) {
4954     //         E1 can be converted to match E2 if the class of T2 is the
4955     //         same type as, or a base class of, the class of T1, and
4956     //         [cv2 > cv1].
4957     if (FRec == TRec || FDerivedFromT) {
4958       if (TTy.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(FTy)) {
4959         InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(TTy);
4960         InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, From);
4961         if (InitSeq) {
4962           HaveConversion = true;
4963           return false;
4964         }
4965 
4966         if (InitSeq.isAmbiguous())
4967           return InitSeq.Diagnose(Self, Entity, Kind, From);
4968       }
4969     }
4970 
4971     return false;
4972   }
4973 
4974   //     -- Otherwise: E1 can be converted to match E2 if E1 can be
4975   //        implicitly converted to the type that expression E2 would have
4976   //        if E2 were converted to an rvalue (or the type it has, if E2 is
4977   //        an rvalue).
4978   //
4979   // This actually refers very narrowly to the lvalue-to-rvalue conversion, not
4980   // to the array-to-pointer or function-to-pointer conversions.
4981   if (!TTy->getAs<TagType>())
4982     TTy = TTy.getUnqualifiedType();
4983 
4984   InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(TTy);
4985   InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, From);
4986   HaveConversion = !InitSeq.Failed();
4987   ToType = TTy;
4988   if (InitSeq.isAmbiguous())
4989     return InitSeq.Diagnose(Self, Entity, Kind, From);
4990 
4991   return false;
4992 }
4993 
4994 /// \brief Try to find a common type for two according to C++0x 5.16p5.
4995 ///
4996 /// This is part of the parameter validation for the ? operator. If either
4997 /// value operand is a class type, overload resolution is used to find a
4998 /// conversion to a common type.
4999 static bool FindConditionalOverload(Sema &Self, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
5000                                     SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
5001   Expr *Args[2] = { LHS.get(), RHS.get() };
5002   OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(QuestionLoc,
5003                                     OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Operator);
5004   Self.AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OO_Conditional, QuestionLoc, Args,
5005                                     CandidateSet);
5006 
5007   OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
5008   switch (CandidateSet.BestViableFunction(Self, QuestionLoc, Best)) {
5009     case OR_Success: {
5010       // We found a match. Perform the conversions on the arguments and move on.
5011       ExprResult LHSRes =
5012         Self.PerformImplicitConversion(LHS.get(), Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
5013                                        Best->Conversions[0], Sema::AA_Converting);
5014       if (LHSRes.isInvalid())
5015         break;
5016       LHS = LHSRes;
5017 
5018       ExprResult RHSRes =
5019         Self.PerformImplicitConversion(RHS.get(), Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1],
5020                                        Best->Conversions[1], Sema::AA_Converting);
5021       if (RHSRes.isInvalid())
5022         break;
5023       RHS = RHSRes;
5024       if (Best->Function)
5025         Self.MarkFunctionReferenced(QuestionLoc, Best->Function);
5026       return false;
5027     }
5028 
5029     case OR_No_Viable_Function:
5030 
5031       // Emit a better diagnostic if one of the expressions is a null pointer
5032       // constant and the other is a pointer type. In this case, the user most
5033       // likely forgot to take the address of the other expression.
5034       if (Self.DiagnoseConditionalForNull(LHS.get(), RHS.get(), QuestionLoc))
5035         return true;
5036 
5037       Self.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
5038         << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType()
5039         << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
5040       return true;
5041 
5042     case OR_Ambiguous:
5043       Self.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_ambiguous_ovl)
5044         << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType()
5045         << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
5046       // FIXME: Print the possible common types by printing the return types of
5047       // the viable candidates.
5048       break;
5049 
5050     case OR_Deleted:
5051       llvm_unreachable("Conditional operator has only built-in overloads");
5052   }
5053   return true;
5054 }
5055 
5056 /// \brief Perform an "extended" implicit conversion as returned by
5057 /// TryClassUnification.
5058 static bool ConvertForConditional(Sema &Self, ExprResult &E, QualType T) {
5059   InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(T);
5060   InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateCopy(E.get()->getLocStart(),
5061                                                            SourceLocation());
5062   Expr *Arg = E.get();
5063   InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, Arg);
5064   ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(Self, Entity, Kind, Arg);
5065   if (Result.isInvalid())
5066     return true;
5067 
5068   E = Result;
5069   return false;
5070 }
5071 
5072 /// \brief Check the operands of ?: under C++ semantics.
5073 ///
5074 /// See C++ [expr.cond]. Note that LHS is never null, even for the GNU x ?: y
5075 /// extension. In this case, LHS == Cond. (But they're not aliases.)
5076 QualType Sema::CXXCheckConditionalOperands(ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS,
5077                                            ExprResult &RHS, ExprValueKind &VK,
5078                                            ExprObjectKind &OK,
5079                                            SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
5080   // FIXME: Handle C99's complex types, vector types, block pointers and Obj-C++
5081   // interface pointers.
5082 
5083   // C++11 [expr.cond]p1
5084   //   The first expression is contextually converted to bool.
5085   if (!Cond.get()->isTypeDependent()) {
5086     ExprResult CondRes = CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Cond.get());
5087     if (CondRes.isInvalid())
5088       return QualType();
5089     Cond = CondRes;
5090   }
5091 
5092   // Assume r-value.
5093   VK = VK_RValue;
5094   OK = OK_Ordinary;
5095 
5096   // Either of the arguments dependent?
5097   if (LHS.get()->isTypeDependent() || RHS.get()->isTypeDependent())
5098     return Context.DependentTy;
5099 
5100   // C++11 [expr.cond]p2
5101   //   If either the second or the third operand has type (cv) void, ...
5102   QualType LTy = LHS.get()->getType();
5103   QualType RTy = RHS.get()->getType();
5104   bool LVoid = LTy->isVoidType();
5105   bool RVoid = RTy->isVoidType();
5106   if (LVoid || RVoid) {
5107     //   ... one of the following shall hold:
5108     //   -- The second or the third operand (but not both) is a (possibly
5109     //      parenthesized) throw-expression; the result is of the type
5110     //      and value category of the other.
5111     bool LThrow = isa<CXXThrowExpr>(LHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts());
5112     bool RThrow = isa<CXXThrowExpr>(RHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts());
5113     if (LThrow != RThrow) {
5114       Expr *NonThrow = LThrow ? RHS.get() : LHS.get();
5115       VK = NonThrow->getValueKind();
5116       // DR (no number yet): the result is a bit-field if the
5117       // non-throw-expression operand is a bit-field.
5118       OK = NonThrow->getObjectKind();
5119       return NonThrow->getType();
5120     }
5121 
5122     //   -- Both the second and third operands have type void; the result is of
5123     //      type void and is a prvalue.
5124     if (LVoid && RVoid)
5125       return Context.VoidTy;
5126 
5127     // Neither holds, error.
5128     Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_void_nonvoid)
5129       << (LVoid ? RTy : LTy) << (LVoid ? 0 : 1)
5130       << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
5131     return QualType();
5132   }
5133 
5134   // Neither is void.
5135 
5136   // C++11 [expr.cond]p3
5137   //   Otherwise, if the second and third operand have different types, and
5138   //   either has (cv) class type [...] an attempt is made to convert each of
5139   //   those operands to the type of the other.
5140   if (!Context.hasSameType(LTy, RTy) &&
5141       (LTy->isRecordType() || RTy->isRecordType())) {
5142     // These return true if a single direction is already ambiguous.
5143     QualType L2RType, R2LType;
5144     bool HaveL2R, HaveR2L;
5145     if (TryClassUnification(*this, LHS.get(), RHS.get(), QuestionLoc, HaveL2R, L2RType))
5146       return QualType();
5147     if (TryClassUnification(*this, RHS.get(), LHS.get(), QuestionLoc, HaveR2L, R2LType))
5148       return QualType();
5149 
5150     //   If both can be converted, [...] the program is ill-formed.
5151     if (HaveL2R && HaveR2L) {
5152       Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_ambiguous)
5153         << LTy << RTy << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
5154       return QualType();
5155     }
5156 
5157     //   If exactly one conversion is possible, that conversion is applied to
5158     //   the chosen operand and the converted operands are used in place of the
5159     //   original operands for the remainder of this section.
5160     if (HaveL2R) {
5161       if (ConvertForConditional(*this, LHS, L2RType) || LHS.isInvalid())
5162         return QualType();
5163       LTy = LHS.get()->getType();
5164     } else if (HaveR2L) {
5165       if (ConvertForConditional(*this, RHS, R2LType) || RHS.isInvalid())
5166         return QualType();
5167       RTy = RHS.get()->getType();
5168     }
5169   }
5170 
5171   // C++11 [expr.cond]p3
5172   //   if both are glvalues of the same value category and the same type except
5173   //   for cv-qualification, an attempt is made to convert each of those
5174   //   operands to the type of the other.
5175   ExprValueKind LVK = LHS.get()->getValueKind();
5176   ExprValueKind RVK = RHS.get()->getValueKind();
5177   if (!Context.hasSameType(LTy, RTy) &&
5178       Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(LTy, RTy) &&
5179       LVK == RVK && LVK != VK_RValue) {
5180     // Since the unqualified types are reference-related and we require the
5181     // result to be as if a reference bound directly, the only conversion
5182     // we can perform is to add cv-qualifiers.
5183     Qualifiers LCVR = Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(LTy.getCVRQualifiers());
5184     Qualifiers RCVR = Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(RTy.getCVRQualifiers());
5185     if (RCVR.isStrictSupersetOf(LCVR)) {
5186       LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RTy, CK_NoOp, LVK);
5187       LTy = LHS.get()->getType();
5188     }
5189     else if (LCVR.isStrictSupersetOf(RCVR)) {
5190       RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LTy, CK_NoOp, RVK);
5191       RTy = RHS.get()->getType();
5192     }
5193   }
5194 
5195   // C++11 [expr.cond]p4
5196   //   If the second and third operands are glvalues of the same value
5197   //   category and have the same type, the result is of that type and
5198   //   value category and it is a bit-field if the second or the third
5199   //   operand is a bit-field, or if both are bit-fields.
5200   // We only extend this to bitfields, not to the crazy other kinds of
5201   // l-values.
5202   bool Same = Context.hasSameType(LTy, RTy);
5203   if (Same && LVK == RVK && LVK != VK_RValue &&
5204       LHS.get()->isOrdinaryOrBitFieldObject() &&
5205       RHS.get()->isOrdinaryOrBitFieldObject()) {
5206     VK = LHS.get()->getValueKind();
5207     if (LHS.get()->getObjectKind() == OK_BitField ||
5208         RHS.get()->getObjectKind() == OK_BitField)
5209       OK = OK_BitField;
5210     return LTy;
5211   }
5212 
5213   // C++11 [expr.cond]p5
5214   //   Otherwise, the result is a prvalue. If the second and third operands
5215   //   do not have the same type, and either has (cv) class type, ...
5216   if (!Same && (LTy->isRecordType() || RTy->isRecordType())) {
5217     //   ... overload resolution is used to determine the conversions (if any)
5218     //   to be applied to the operands. If the overload resolution fails, the
5219     //   program is ill-formed.
5220     if (FindConditionalOverload(*this, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc))
5221       return QualType();
5222   }
5223 
5224   // C++11 [expr.cond]p6
5225   //   Lvalue-to-rvalue, array-to-pointer, and function-to-pointer standard
5226   //   conversions are performed on the second and third operands.
5227   LHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(LHS.get());
5228   RHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHS.get());
5229   if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
5230     return QualType();
5231   LTy = LHS.get()->getType();
5232   RTy = RHS.get()->getType();
5233 
5234   //   After those conversions, one of the following shall hold:
5235   //   -- The second and third operands have the same type; the result
5236   //      is of that type. If the operands have class type, the result
5237   //      is a prvalue temporary of the result type, which is
5238   //      copy-initialized from either the second operand or the third
5239   //      operand depending on the value of the first operand.
5240   if (Context.getCanonicalType(LTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RTy)) {
5241     if (LTy->isRecordType()) {
5242       // The operands have class type. Make a temporary copy.
5243       if (RequireNonAbstractType(QuestionLoc, LTy,
5244                                  diag::err_allocation_of_abstract_type))
5245         return QualType();
5246       InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(LTy);
5247 
5248       ExprResult LHSCopy = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity,
5249                                                      SourceLocation(),
5250                                                      LHS);
5251       if (LHSCopy.isInvalid())
5252         return QualType();
5253 
5254       ExprResult RHSCopy = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity,
5255                                                      SourceLocation(),
5256                                                      RHS);
5257       if (RHSCopy.isInvalid())
5258         return QualType();
5259 
5260       LHS = LHSCopy;
5261       RHS = RHSCopy;
5262     }
5263 
5264     return LTy;
5265   }
5266 
5267   // Extension: conditional operator involving vector types.
5268   if (LTy->isVectorType() || RTy->isVectorType())
5269     return CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc, /*isCompAssign*/false,
5270                                /*AllowBothBool*/true,
5271                                /*AllowBoolConversions*/false);
5272 
5273   //   -- The second and third operands have arithmetic or enumeration type;
5274   //      the usual arithmetic conversions are performed to bring them to a
5275   //      common type, and the result is of that type.
5276   if (LTy->isArithmeticType() && RTy->isArithmeticType()) {
5277     QualType ResTy = UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS);
5278     if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
5279       return QualType();
5280     if (ResTy.isNull()) {
5281       Diag(QuestionLoc,
5282            diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands) << LTy << RTy
5283         << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
5284       return QualType();
5285     }
5286 
5287     LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), ResTy, PrepareScalarCast(LHS, ResTy));
5288     RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), ResTy, PrepareScalarCast(RHS, ResTy));
5289 
5290     return ResTy;
5291   }
5292 
5293   //   -- The second and third operands have pointer type, or one has pointer
5294   //      type and the other is a null pointer constant, or both are null
5295   //      pointer constants, at least one of which is non-integral; pointer
5296   //      conversions and qualification conversions are performed to bring them
5297   //      to their composite pointer type. The result is of the composite
5298   //      pointer type.
5299   //   -- The second and third operands have pointer to member type, or one has
5300   //      pointer to member type and the other is a null pointer constant;
5301   //      pointer to member conversions and qualification conversions are
5302   //      performed to bring them to a common type, whose cv-qualification
5303   //      shall match the cv-qualification of either the second or the third
5304   //      operand. The result is of the common type.
5305   bool NonStandardCompositeType = false;
5306   QualType Composite = FindCompositePointerType(QuestionLoc, LHS, RHS,
5307                                  isSFINAEContext() ? nullptr
5308                                                    : &NonStandardCompositeType);
5309   if (!Composite.isNull()) {
5310     if (NonStandardCompositeType)
5311       Diag(QuestionLoc,
5312            diag::ext_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands_nonstandard)
5313         << LTy << RTy << Composite
5314         << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
5315 
5316     return Composite;
5317   }
5318 
5319   // Similarly, attempt to find composite type of two objective-c pointers.
5320   Composite = FindCompositeObjCPointerType(LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc);
5321   if (!Composite.isNull())
5322     return Composite;
5323 
5324   // Check if we are using a null with a non-pointer type.
5325   if (DiagnoseConditionalForNull(LHS.get(), RHS.get(), QuestionLoc))
5326     return QualType();
5327 
5328   Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
5329     << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType()
5330     << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
5331   return QualType();
5332 }
5333 
5334 /// \brief Find a merged pointer type and convert the two expressions to it.
5335 ///
5336 /// This finds the composite pointer type (or member pointer type) for @p E1
5337 /// and @p E2 according to C++11 5.9p2. It converts both expressions to this
5338 /// type and returns it.
5339 /// It does not emit diagnostics.
5340 ///
5341 /// \param Loc The location of the operator requiring these two expressions to
5342 /// be converted to the composite pointer type.
5343 ///
5344 /// If \p NonStandardCompositeType is non-NULL, then we are permitted to find
5345 /// a non-standard (but still sane) composite type to which both expressions
5346 /// can be converted. When such a type is chosen, \c *NonStandardCompositeType
5347 /// will be set true.
5348 QualType Sema::FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc,
5349                                         Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2,
5350                                         bool *NonStandardCompositeType) {
5351   if (NonStandardCompositeType)
5352     *NonStandardCompositeType = false;
5353 
5354   assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "This function assumes C++");
5355   QualType T1 = E1->getType(), T2 = E2->getType();
5356 
5357   // C++11 5.9p2
5358   //   Pointer conversions and qualification conversions are performed on
5359   //   pointer operands to bring them to their composite pointer type. If
5360   //   one operand is a null pointer constant, the composite pointer type is
5361   //   std::nullptr_t if the other operand is also a null pointer constant or,
5362   //   if the other operand is a pointer, the type of the other operand.
5363   if (!T1->isAnyPointerType() && !T1->isMemberPointerType() &&
5364       !T2->isAnyPointerType() && !T2->isMemberPointerType()) {
5365     if (T1->isNullPtrType() &&
5366         E2->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
5367       E2 = ImpCastExprToType(E2, T1, CK_NullToPointer).get();
5368       return T1;
5369     }
5370     if (T2->isNullPtrType() &&
5371         E1->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
5372       E1 = ImpCastExprToType(E1, T2, CK_NullToPointer).get();
5373       return T2;
5374     }
5375     return QualType();
5376   }
5377 
5378   if (E1->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
5379     if (T2->isMemberPointerType())
5380       E1 = ImpCastExprToType(E1, T2, CK_NullToMemberPointer).get();
5381     else
5382       E1 = ImpCastExprToType(E1, T2, CK_NullToPointer).get();
5383     return T2;
5384   }
5385   if (E2->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
5386     if (T1->isMemberPointerType())
5387       E2 = ImpCastExprToType(E2, T1, CK_NullToMemberPointer).get();
5388     else
5389       E2 = ImpCastExprToType(E2, T1, CK_NullToPointer).get();
5390     return T1;
5391   }
5392 
5393   // Now both have to be pointers or member pointers.
5394   if ((!T1->isPointerType() && !T1->isMemberPointerType()) ||
5395       (!T2->isPointerType() && !T2->isMemberPointerType()))
5396     return QualType();
5397 
5398   //   Otherwise, of one of the operands has type "pointer to cv1 void," then
5399   //   the other has type "pointer to cv2 T" and the composite pointer type is
5400   //   "pointer to cv12 void," where cv12 is the union of cv1 and cv2.
5401   //   Otherwise, the composite pointer type is a pointer type similar to the
5402   //   type of one of the operands, with a cv-qualification signature that is
5403   //   the union of the cv-qualification signatures of the operand types.
5404   // In practice, the first part here is redundant; it's subsumed by the second.
5405   // What we do here is, we build the two possible composite types, and try the
5406   // conversions in both directions. If only one works, or if the two composite
5407   // types are the same, we have succeeded.
5408   // FIXME: extended qualifiers?
5409   typedef SmallVector<unsigned, 4> QualifierVector;
5410   QualifierVector QualifierUnion;
5411   typedef SmallVector<std::pair<const Type *, const Type *>, 4>
5412       ContainingClassVector;
5413   ContainingClassVector MemberOfClass;
5414   QualType Composite1 = Context.getCanonicalType(T1),
5415            Composite2 = Context.getCanonicalType(T2);
5416   unsigned NeedConstBefore = 0;
5417   do {
5418     const PointerType *Ptr1, *Ptr2;
5419     if ((Ptr1 = Composite1->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
5420         (Ptr2 = Composite2->getAs<PointerType>())) {
5421       Composite1 = Ptr1->getPointeeType();
5422       Composite2 = Ptr2->getPointeeType();
5423 
5424       // If we're allowed to create a non-standard composite type, keep track
5425       // of where we need to fill in additional 'const' qualifiers.
5426       if (NonStandardCompositeType &&
5427           Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() != Composite2.getCVRQualifiers())
5428         NeedConstBefore = QualifierUnion.size();
5429 
5430       QualifierUnion.push_back(
5431                  Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() | Composite2.getCVRQualifiers());
5432       MemberOfClass.push_back(std::make_pair(nullptr, nullptr));
5433       continue;
5434     }
5435 
5436     const MemberPointerType *MemPtr1, *MemPtr2;
5437     if ((MemPtr1 = Composite1->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) &&
5438         (MemPtr2 = Composite2->getAs<MemberPointerType>())) {
5439       Composite1 = MemPtr1->getPointeeType();
5440       Composite2 = MemPtr2->getPointeeType();
5441 
5442       // If we're allowed to create a non-standard composite type, keep track
5443       // of where we need to fill in additional 'const' qualifiers.
5444       if (NonStandardCompositeType &&
5445           Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() != Composite2.getCVRQualifiers())
5446         NeedConstBefore = QualifierUnion.size();
5447 
5448       QualifierUnion.push_back(
5449                  Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() | Composite2.getCVRQualifiers());
5450       MemberOfClass.push_back(std::make_pair(MemPtr1->getClass(),
5451                                              MemPtr2->getClass()));
5452       continue;
5453     }
5454 
5455     // FIXME: block pointer types?
5456 
5457     // Cannot unwrap any more types.
5458     break;
5459   } while (true);
5460 
5461   if (NeedConstBefore && NonStandardCompositeType) {
5462     // Extension: Add 'const' to qualifiers that come before the first qualifier
5463     // mismatch, so that our (non-standard!) composite type meets the
5464     // requirements of C++ [conv.qual]p4 bullet 3.
5465     for (unsigned I = 0; I != NeedConstBefore; ++I) {
5466       if ((QualifierUnion[I] & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) {
5467         QualifierUnion[I] = QualifierUnion[I] | Qualifiers::Const;
5468         *NonStandardCompositeType = true;
5469       }
5470     }
5471   }
5472 
5473   // Rewrap the composites as pointers or member pointers with the union CVRs.
5474   ContainingClassVector::reverse_iterator MOC
5475     = MemberOfClass.rbegin();
5476   for (QualifierVector::reverse_iterator
5477          I = QualifierUnion.rbegin(),
5478          E = QualifierUnion.rend();
5479        I != E; (void)++I, ++MOC) {
5480     Qualifiers Quals = Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(*I);
5481     if (MOC->first && MOC->second) {
5482       // Rebuild member pointer type
5483       Composite1 = Context.getMemberPointerType(
5484                                     Context.getQualifiedType(Composite1, Quals),
5485                                     MOC->first);
5486       Composite2 = Context.getMemberPointerType(
5487                                     Context.getQualifiedType(Composite2, Quals),
5488                                     MOC->second);
5489     } else {
5490       // Rebuild pointer type
5491       Composite1
5492         = Context.getPointerType(Context.getQualifiedType(Composite1, Quals));
5493       Composite2
5494         = Context.getPointerType(Context.getQualifiedType(Composite2, Quals));
5495     }
5496   }
5497 
5498   // Try to convert to the first composite pointer type.
5499   InitializedEntity Entity1
5500     = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Composite1);
5501   InitializationKind Kind
5502     = InitializationKind::CreateCopy(Loc, SourceLocation());
5503   InitializationSequence E1ToC1(*this, Entity1, Kind, E1);
5504   InitializationSequence E2ToC1(*this, Entity1, Kind, E2);
5505 
5506   if (E1ToC1 && E2ToC1) {
5507     // Conversion to Composite1 is viable.
5508     if (!Context.hasSameType(Composite1, Composite2)) {
5509       // Composite2 is a different type from Composite1. Check whether
5510       // Composite2 is also viable.
5511       InitializedEntity Entity2
5512         = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Composite2);
5513       InitializationSequence E1ToC2(*this, Entity2, Kind, E1);
5514       InitializationSequence E2ToC2(*this, Entity2, Kind, E2);
5515       if (E1ToC2 && E2ToC2) {
5516         // Both Composite1 and Composite2 are viable and are different;
5517         // this is an ambiguity.
5518         return QualType();
5519       }
5520     }
5521 
5522     // Convert E1 to Composite1
5523     ExprResult E1Result
5524       = E1ToC1.Perform(*this, Entity1, Kind, E1);
5525     if (E1Result.isInvalid())
5526       return QualType();
5527     E1 = E1Result.getAs<Expr>();
5528 
5529     // Convert E2 to Composite1
5530     ExprResult E2Result
5531       = E2ToC1.Perform(*this, Entity1, Kind, E2);
5532     if (E2Result.isInvalid())
5533       return QualType();
5534     E2 = E2Result.getAs<Expr>();
5535 
5536     return Composite1;
5537   }
5538 
5539   // Check whether Composite2 is viable.
5540   InitializedEntity Entity2
5541     = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Composite2);
5542   InitializationSequence E1ToC2(*this, Entity2, Kind, E1);
5543   InitializationSequence E2ToC2(*this, Entity2, Kind, E2);
5544   if (!E1ToC2 || !E2ToC2)
5545     return QualType();
5546 
5547   // Convert E1 to Composite2
5548   ExprResult E1Result
5549     = E1ToC2.Perform(*this, Entity2, Kind, E1);
5550   if (E1Result.isInvalid())
5551     return QualType();
5552   E1 = E1Result.getAs<Expr>();
5553 
5554   // Convert E2 to Composite2
5555   ExprResult E2Result
5556     = E2ToC2.Perform(*this, Entity2, Kind, E2);
5557   if (E2Result.isInvalid())
5558     return QualType();
5559   E2 = E2Result.getAs<Expr>();
5560 
5561   return Composite2;
5562 }
5563 
5564 ExprResult Sema::MaybeBindToTemporary(Expr *E) {
5565   if (!E)
5566     return ExprError();
5567 
5568   assert(!isa<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(E) && "Double-bound temporary?");
5569 
5570   // If the result is a glvalue, we shouldn't bind it.
5571   if (!E->isRValue())
5572     return E;
5573 
5574   // In ARC, calls that return a retainable type can return retained,
5575   // in which case we have to insert a consuming cast.
5576   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
5577       E->getType()->isObjCRetainableType()) {
5578 
5579     bool ReturnsRetained;
5580 
5581     // For actual calls, we compute this by examining the type of the
5582     // called value.
5583     if (CallExpr *Call = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E)) {
5584       Expr *Callee = Call->getCallee()->IgnoreParens();
5585       QualType T = Callee->getType();
5586 
5587       if (T == Context.BoundMemberTy) {
5588         // Handle pointer-to-members.
5589         if (BinaryOperator *BinOp = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Callee))
5590           T = BinOp->getRHS()->getType();
5591         else if (MemberExpr *Mem = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Callee))
5592           T = Mem->getMemberDecl()->getType();
5593       }
5594 
5595       if (const PointerType *Ptr = T->getAs<PointerType>())
5596         T = Ptr->getPointeeType();
5597       else if (const BlockPointerType *Ptr = T->getAs<BlockPointerType>())
5598         T = Ptr->getPointeeType();
5599       else if (const MemberPointerType *MemPtr = T->getAs<MemberPointerType>())
5600         T = MemPtr->getPointeeType();
5601 
5602       const FunctionType *FTy = T->getAs<FunctionType>();
5603       assert(FTy && "call to value not of function type?");
5604       ReturnsRetained = FTy->getExtInfo().getProducesResult();
5605 
5606     // ActOnStmtExpr arranges things so that StmtExprs of retainable
5607     // type always produce a +1 object.
5608     } else if (isa<StmtExpr>(E)) {
5609       ReturnsRetained = true;
5610 
5611     // We hit this case with the lambda conversion-to-block optimization;
5612     // we don't want any extra casts here.
5613     } else if (isa<CastExpr>(E) &&
5614                isa<BlockExpr>(cast<CastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr())) {
5615       return E;
5616 
5617     // For message sends and property references, we try to find an
5618     // actual method.  FIXME: we should infer retention by selector in
5619     // cases where we don't have an actual method.
5620     } else {
5621       ObjCMethodDecl *D = nullptr;
5622       if (ObjCMessageExpr *Send = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(E)) {
5623         D = Send->getMethodDecl();
5624       } else if (ObjCBoxedExpr *BoxedExpr = dyn_cast<ObjCBoxedExpr>(E)) {
5625         D = BoxedExpr->getBoxingMethod();
5626       } else if (ObjCArrayLiteral *ArrayLit = dyn_cast<ObjCArrayLiteral>(E)) {
5627         D = ArrayLit->getArrayWithObjectsMethod();
5628       } else if (ObjCDictionaryLiteral *DictLit
5629                                         = dyn_cast<ObjCDictionaryLiteral>(E)) {
5630         D = DictLit->getDictWithObjectsMethod();
5631       }
5632 
5633       ReturnsRetained = (D && D->hasAttr<NSReturnsRetainedAttr>());
5634 
5635       // Don't do reclaims on performSelector calls; despite their
5636       // return type, the invoked method doesn't necessarily actually
5637       // return an object.
5638       if (!ReturnsRetained &&
5639           D && D->getMethodFamily() == OMF_performSelector)
5640         return E;
5641     }
5642 
5643     // Don't reclaim an object of Class type.
5644     if (!ReturnsRetained && E->getType()->isObjCARCImplicitlyUnretainedType())
5645       return E;
5646 
5647     ExprNeedsCleanups = true;
5648 
5649     CastKind ck = (ReturnsRetained ? CK_ARCConsumeObject
5650                                    : CK_ARCReclaimReturnedObject);
5651     return ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, E->getType(), ck, E, nullptr,
5652                                     VK_RValue);
5653   }
5654 
5655   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
5656     return E;
5657 
5658   // Search for the base element type (cf. ASTContext::getBaseElementType) with
5659   // a fast path for the common case that the type is directly a RecordType.
5660   const Type *T = Context.getCanonicalType(E->getType().getTypePtr());
5661   const RecordType *RT = nullptr;
5662   while (!RT) {
5663     switch (T->getTypeClass()) {
5664     case Type::Record:
5665       RT = cast<RecordType>(T);
5666       break;
5667     case Type::ConstantArray:
5668     case Type::IncompleteArray:
5669     case Type::VariableArray:
5670     case Type::DependentSizedArray:
5671       T = cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType().getTypePtr();
5672       break;
5673     default:
5674       return E;
5675     }
5676   }
5677 
5678   // That should be enough to guarantee that this type is complete, if we're
5679   // not processing a decltype expression.
5680   CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
5681   if (RD->isInvalidDecl() || RD->isDependentContext())
5682     return E;
5683 
5684   bool IsDecltype = ExprEvalContexts.back().IsDecltype;
5685   CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = IsDecltype ? nullptr : LookupDestructor(RD);
5686 
5687   if (Destructor) {
5688     MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor);
5689     CheckDestructorAccess(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor,
5690                           PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor_temp)
5691                             << E->getType());
5692     if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Destructor, E->getExprLoc()))
5693       return ExprError();
5694 
5695     // If destructor is trivial, we can avoid the extra copy.
5696     if (Destructor->isTrivial())
5697       return E;
5698 
5699     // We need a cleanup, but we don't need to remember the temporary.
5700     ExprNeedsCleanups = true;
5701   }
5702 
5703   CXXTemporary *Temp = CXXTemporary::Create(Context, Destructor);
5704   CXXBindTemporaryExpr *Bind = CXXBindTemporaryExpr::Create(Context, Temp, E);
5705 
5706   if (IsDecltype)
5707     ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeBinds.push_back(Bind);
5708 
5709   return Bind;
5710 }
5711 
5712 ExprResult
5713 Sema::MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(ExprResult SubExpr) {
5714   if (SubExpr.isInvalid())
5715     return ExprError();
5716 
5717   return MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(SubExpr.get());
5718 }
5719 
5720 Expr *Sema::MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Expr *SubExpr) {
5721   assert(SubExpr && "subexpression can't be null!");
5722 
5723   CleanupVarDeclMarking();
5724 
5725   unsigned FirstCleanup = ExprEvalContexts.back().NumCleanupObjects;
5726   assert(ExprCleanupObjects.size() >= FirstCleanup);
5727   assert(ExprNeedsCleanups || ExprCleanupObjects.size() == FirstCleanup);
5728   if (!ExprNeedsCleanups)
5729     return SubExpr;
5730 
5731   auto Cleanups = llvm::makeArrayRef(ExprCleanupObjects.begin() + FirstCleanup,
5732                                      ExprCleanupObjects.size() - FirstCleanup);
5733 
5734   Expr *E = ExprWithCleanups::Create(Context, SubExpr, Cleanups);
5735   DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
5736 
5737   return E;
5738 }
5739 
5740 Stmt *Sema::MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(Stmt *SubStmt) {
5741   assert(SubStmt && "sub-statement can't be null!");
5742 
5743   CleanupVarDeclMarking();
5744 
5745   if (!ExprNeedsCleanups)
5746     return SubStmt;
5747 
5748   // FIXME: In order to attach the temporaries, wrap the statement into
5749   // a StmtExpr; currently this is only used for asm statements.
5750   // This is hacky, either create a new CXXStmtWithTemporaries statement or
5751   // a new AsmStmtWithTemporaries.
5752   CompoundStmt *CompStmt = new (Context) CompoundStmt(Context, SubStmt,
5753                                                       SourceLocation(),
5754                                                       SourceLocation());
5755   Expr *E = new (Context) StmtExpr(CompStmt, Context.VoidTy, SourceLocation(),
5756                                    SourceLocation());
5757   return MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(E);
5758 }
5759 
5760 /// Process the expression contained within a decltype. For such expressions,
5761 /// certain semantic checks on temporaries are delayed until this point, and
5762 /// are omitted for the 'topmost' call in the decltype expression. If the
5763 /// topmost call bound a temporary, strip that temporary off the expression.
5764 ExprResult Sema::ActOnDecltypeExpression(Expr *E) {
5765   assert(ExprEvalContexts.back().IsDecltype && "not in a decltype expression");
5766 
5767   // C++11 [expr.call]p11:
5768   //   If a function call is a prvalue of object type,
5769   // -- if the function call is either
5770   //   -- the operand of a decltype-specifier, or
5771   //   -- the right operand of a comma operator that is the operand of a
5772   //      decltype-specifier,
5773   //   a temporary object is not introduced for the prvalue.
5774 
5775   // Recursively rebuild ParenExprs and comma expressions to strip out the
5776   // outermost CXXBindTemporaryExpr, if any.
5777   if (ParenExpr *PE = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(E)) {
5778     ExprResult SubExpr = ActOnDecltypeExpression(PE->getSubExpr());
5779     if (SubExpr.isInvalid())
5780       return ExprError();
5781     if (SubExpr.get() == PE->getSubExpr())
5782       return E;
5783     return ActOnParenExpr(PE->getLParen(), PE->getRParen(), SubExpr.get());
5784   }
5785   if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
5786     if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) {
5787       ExprResult RHS = ActOnDecltypeExpression(BO->getRHS());
5788       if (RHS.isInvalid())
5789         return ExprError();
5790       if (RHS.get() == BO->getRHS())
5791         return E;
5792       return new (Context) BinaryOperator(
5793           BO->getLHS(), RHS.get(), BO_Comma, BO->getType(), BO->getValueKind(),
5794           BO->getObjectKind(), BO->getOperatorLoc(), BO->isFPContractable());
5795     }
5796   }
5797 
5798   CXXBindTemporaryExpr *TopBind = dyn_cast<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(E);
5799   CallExpr *TopCall = TopBind ? dyn_cast<CallExpr>(TopBind->getSubExpr())
5800                               : nullptr;
5801   if (TopCall)
5802     E = TopCall;
5803   else
5804     TopBind = nullptr;
5805 
5806   // Disable the special decltype handling now.
5807   ExprEvalContexts.back().IsDecltype = false;
5808 
5809   // In MS mode, don't perform any extra checking of call return types within a
5810   // decltype expression.
5811   if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
5812     return E;
5813 
5814   // Perform the semantic checks we delayed until this point.
5815   for (unsigned I = 0, N = ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeCalls.size();
5816        I != N; ++I) {
5817     CallExpr *Call = ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeCalls[I];
5818     if (Call == TopCall)
5819       continue;
5820 
5821     if (CheckCallReturnType(Call->getCallReturnType(Context),
5822                             Call->getLocStart(),
5823                             Call, Call->getDirectCallee()))
5824       return ExprError();
5825   }
5826 
5827   // Now all relevant types are complete, check the destructors are accessible
5828   // and non-deleted, and annotate them on the temporaries.
5829   for (unsigned I = 0, N = ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeBinds.size();
5830        I != N; ++I) {
5831     CXXBindTemporaryExpr *Bind =
5832       ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeBinds[I];
5833     if (Bind == TopBind)
5834       continue;
5835 
5836     CXXTemporary *Temp = Bind->getTemporary();
5837 
5838     CXXRecordDecl *RD =
5839       Bind->getType()->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
5840     CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = LookupDestructor(RD);
5841     Temp->setDestructor(Destructor);
5842 
5843     MarkFunctionReferenced(Bind->getExprLoc(), Destructor);
5844     CheckDestructorAccess(Bind->getExprLoc(), Destructor,
5845                           PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor_temp)
5846                             << Bind->getType());
5847     if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Destructor, Bind->getExprLoc()))
5848       return ExprError();
5849 
5850     // We need a cleanup, but we don't need to remember the temporary.
5851     ExprNeedsCleanups = true;
5852   }
5853 
5854   // Possibly strip off the top CXXBindTemporaryExpr.
5855   return E;
5856 }
5857 
5858 /// Note a set of 'operator->' functions that were used for a member access.
5859 static void noteOperatorArrows(Sema &S,
5860                                ArrayRef<FunctionDecl *> OperatorArrows) {
5861   unsigned SkipStart = OperatorArrows.size(), SkipCount = 0;
5862   // FIXME: Make this configurable?
5863   unsigned Limit = 9;
5864   if (OperatorArrows.size() > Limit) {
5865     // Produce Limit-1 normal notes and one 'skipping' note.
5866     SkipStart = (Limit - 1) / 2 + (Limit - 1) % 2;
5867     SkipCount = OperatorArrows.size() - (Limit - 1);
5868   }
5869 
5870   for (unsigned I = 0; I < OperatorArrows.size(); /**/) {
5871     if (I == SkipStart) {
5872       S.Diag(OperatorArrows[I]->getLocation(),
5873              diag::note_operator_arrows_suppressed)
5874           << SkipCount;
5875       I += SkipCount;
5876     } else {
5877       S.Diag(OperatorArrows[I]->getLocation(), diag::note_operator_arrow_here)
5878           << OperatorArrows[I]->getCallResultType();
5879       ++I;
5880     }
5881   }
5882 }
5883 
5884 ExprResult Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberReference(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
5885                                               SourceLocation OpLoc,
5886                                               tok::TokenKind OpKind,
5887                                               ParsedType &ObjectType,
5888                                               bool &MayBePseudoDestructor) {
5889   // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
5890   ExprResult Result = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, Base);
5891   if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
5892   Base = Result.get();
5893 
5894   Result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Base);
5895   if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
5896   Base = Result.get();
5897 
5898   QualType BaseType = Base->getType();
5899   MayBePseudoDestructor = false;
5900   if (BaseType->isDependentType()) {
5901     // If we have a pointer to a dependent type and are using the -> operator,
5902     // the object type is the type that the pointer points to. We might still
5903     // have enough information about that type to do something useful.
5904     if (OpKind == tok::arrow)
5905       if (const PointerType *Ptr = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>())
5906         BaseType = Ptr->getPointeeType();
5907 
5908     ObjectType = ParsedType::make(BaseType);
5909     MayBePseudoDestructor = true;
5910     return Base;
5911   }
5912 
5913   // C++ [over.match.oper]p8:
5914   //   [...] When operator->returns, the operator-> is applied  to the value
5915   //   returned, with the original second operand.
5916   if (OpKind == tok::arrow) {
5917     QualType StartingType = BaseType;
5918     bool NoArrowOperatorFound = false;
5919     bool FirstIteration = true;
5920     FunctionDecl *CurFD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext);
5921     // The set of types we've considered so far.
5922     llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanQualType,8> CTypes;
5923     SmallVector<FunctionDecl*, 8> OperatorArrows;
5924     CTypes.insert(Context.getCanonicalType(BaseType));
5925 
5926     while (BaseType->isRecordType()) {
5927       if (OperatorArrows.size() >= getLangOpts().ArrowDepth) {
5928         Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_operator_arrow_depth_exceeded)
5929           << StartingType << getLangOpts().ArrowDepth << Base->getSourceRange();
5930         noteOperatorArrows(*this, OperatorArrows);
5931         Diag(OpLoc, diag::note_operator_arrow_depth)
5932           << getLangOpts().ArrowDepth;
5933         return ExprError();
5934       }
5935 
5936       Result = BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(
5937           S, Base, OpLoc,
5938           // When in a template specialization and on the first loop iteration,
5939           // potentially give the default diagnostic (with the fixit in a
5940           // separate note) instead of having the error reported back to here
5941           // and giving a diagnostic with a fixit attached to the error itself.
5942           (FirstIteration && CurFD && CurFD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
5943               ? nullptr
5944               : &NoArrowOperatorFound);
5945       if (Result.isInvalid()) {
5946         if (NoArrowOperatorFound) {
5947           if (FirstIteration) {
5948             Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_suggestion)
5949               << BaseType << 1 << Base->getSourceRange()
5950               << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OpLoc, ".");
5951             OpKind = tok::period;
5952             break;
5953           }
5954           Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow)
5955             << BaseType << Base->getSourceRange();
5956           CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(Base);
5957           if (Decl *CD = (CE ? CE->getCalleeDecl() : nullptr)) {
5958             Diag(CD->getLocStart(),
5959                  diag::note_member_reference_arrow_from_operator_arrow);
5960           }
5961         }
5962         return ExprError();
5963       }
5964       Base = Result.get();
5965       if (CXXOperatorCallExpr *OpCall = dyn_cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(Base))
5966         OperatorArrows.push_back(OpCall->getDirectCallee());
5967       BaseType = Base->getType();
5968       CanQualType CBaseType = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseType);
5969       if (!CTypes.insert(CBaseType).second) {
5970         Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_operator_arrow_circular) << StartingType;
5971         noteOperatorArrows(*this, OperatorArrows);
5972         return ExprError();
5973       }
5974       FirstIteration = false;
5975     }
5976 
5977     if (OpKind == tok::arrow &&
5978         (BaseType->isPointerType() || BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType()))
5979       BaseType = BaseType->getPointeeType();
5980   }
5981 
5982   // Objective-C properties allow "." access on Objective-C pointer types,
5983   // so adjust the base type to the object type itself.
5984   if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
5985     BaseType = BaseType->getPointeeType();
5986 
5987   // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p2:
5988   //   [...] If the type of the object expression is of pointer to scalar
5989   //   type, the unqualified-id is looked up in the context of the complete
5990   //   postfix-expression.
5991   //
5992   // This also indicates that we could be parsing a pseudo-destructor-name.
5993   // Note that Objective-C class and object types can be pseudo-destructor
5994   // expressions or normal member (ivar or property) access expressions, and
5995   // it's legal for the type to be incomplete if this is a pseudo-destructor
5996   // call.  We'll do more incomplete-type checks later in the lookup process,
5997   // so just skip this check for ObjC types.
5998   if (BaseType->isObjCObjectOrInterfaceType()) {
5999     ObjectType = ParsedType::make(BaseType);
6000     MayBePseudoDestructor = true;
6001     return Base;
6002   } else if (!BaseType->isRecordType()) {
6003     ObjectType = nullptr;
6004     MayBePseudoDestructor = true;
6005     return Base;
6006   }
6007 
6008   // The object type must be complete (or dependent), or
6009   // C++11 [expr.prim.general]p3:
6010   //   Unlike the object expression in other contexts, *this is not required to
6011   //   be of complete type for purposes of class member access (5.2.5) outside
6012   //   the member function body.
6013   if (!BaseType->isDependentType() &&
6014       !isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(BaseType) &&
6015       RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, BaseType, diag::err_incomplete_member_access))
6016     return ExprError();
6017 
6018   // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p2:
6019   //   If the id-expression in a class member access (5.2.5) is an
6020   //   unqualified-id, and the type of the object expression is of a class
6021   //   type C (or of pointer to a class type C), the unqualified-id is looked
6022   //   up in the scope of class C. [...]
6023   ObjectType = ParsedType::make(BaseType);
6024   return Base;
6025 }
6026 
6027 static bool CheckArrow(Sema& S, QualType& ObjectType, Expr *&Base,
6028                    tok::TokenKind& OpKind, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
6029   if (Base->hasPlaceholderType()) {
6030     ExprResult result = S.CheckPlaceholderExpr(Base);
6031     if (result.isInvalid()) return true;
6032     Base = result.get();
6033   }
6034   ObjectType = Base->getType();
6035 
6036   // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2:
6037   //   The left-hand side of the dot operator shall be of scalar type. The
6038   //   left-hand side of the arrow operator shall be of pointer to scalar type.
6039   //   This scalar type is the object type.
6040   // Note that this is rather different from the normal handling for the
6041   // arrow operator.
6042   if (OpKind == tok::arrow) {
6043     if (const PointerType *Ptr = ObjectType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
6044       ObjectType = Ptr->getPointeeType();
6045     } else if (!Base->isTypeDependent()) {
6046       // The user wrote "p->" when they probably meant "p."; fix it.
6047       S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_suggestion)
6048         << ObjectType << true
6049         << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OpLoc, ".");
6050       if (S.isSFINAEContext())
6051         return true;
6052 
6053       OpKind = tok::period;
6054     }
6055   }
6056 
6057   return false;
6058 }
6059 
6060 ExprResult Sema::BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Expr *Base,
6061                                            SourceLocation OpLoc,
6062                                            tok::TokenKind OpKind,
6063                                            const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
6064                                            TypeSourceInfo *ScopeTypeInfo,
6065                                            SourceLocation CCLoc,
6066                                            SourceLocation TildeLoc,
6067                                          PseudoDestructorTypeStorage Destructed) {
6068   TypeSourceInfo *DestructedTypeInfo = Destructed.getTypeSourceInfo();
6069 
6070   QualType ObjectType;
6071   if (CheckArrow(*this, ObjectType, Base, OpKind, OpLoc))
6072     return ExprError();
6073 
6074   if (!ObjectType->isDependentType() && !ObjectType->isScalarType() &&
6075       !ObjectType->isVectorType()) {
6076     if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && ObjectType->isVoidType())
6077       Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_pseudo_dtor_on_void) << Base->getSourceRange();
6078     else {
6079       Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_base_not_scalar)
6080         << ObjectType << Base->getSourceRange();
6081       return ExprError();
6082     }
6083   }
6084 
6085   // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2:
6086   //   [...] The cv-unqualified versions of the object type and of the type
6087   //   designated by the pseudo-destructor-name shall be the same type.
6088   if (DestructedTypeInfo) {
6089     QualType DestructedType = DestructedTypeInfo->getType();
6090     SourceLocation DestructedTypeStart
6091       = DestructedTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange().getBegin();
6092     if (!DestructedType->isDependentType() && !ObjectType->isDependentType()) {
6093       if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DestructedType, ObjectType)) {
6094         Diag(DestructedTypeStart, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_type_mismatch)
6095           << ObjectType << DestructedType << Base->getSourceRange()
6096           << DestructedTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange();
6097 
6098         // Recover by setting the destructed type to the object type.
6099         DestructedType = ObjectType;
6100         DestructedTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ObjectType,
6101                                                            DestructedTypeStart);
6102         Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(DestructedTypeInfo);
6103       } else if (DestructedType.getObjCLifetime() !=
6104                                                 ObjectType.getObjCLifetime()) {
6105 
6106         if (DestructedType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None) {
6107           // Okay: just pretend that the user provided the correctly-qualified
6108           // type.
6109         } else {
6110           Diag(DestructedTypeStart, diag::err_arc_pseudo_dtor_inconstant_quals)
6111             << ObjectType << DestructedType << Base->getSourceRange()
6112             << DestructedTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange();
6113         }
6114 
6115         // Recover by setting the destructed type to the object type.
6116         DestructedType = ObjectType;
6117         DestructedTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ObjectType,
6118                                                            DestructedTypeStart);
6119         Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(DestructedTypeInfo);
6120       }
6121     }
6122   }
6123 
6124   // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2:
6125   //   [...] Furthermore, the two type-names in a pseudo-destructor-name of the
6126   //   form
6127   //
6128   //     ::[opt] nested-name-specifier[opt] type-name :: ~ type-name
6129   //
6130   //   shall designate the same scalar type.
6131   if (ScopeTypeInfo) {
6132     QualType ScopeType = ScopeTypeInfo->getType();
6133     if (!ScopeType->isDependentType() && !ObjectType->isDependentType() &&
6134         !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ScopeType, ObjectType)) {
6135 
6136       Diag(ScopeTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange().getBegin(),
6137            diag::err_pseudo_dtor_type_mismatch)
6138         << ObjectType << ScopeType << Base->getSourceRange()
6139         << ScopeTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange();
6140 
6141       ScopeType = QualType();
6142       ScopeTypeInfo = nullptr;
6143     }
6144   }
6145 
6146   Expr *Result
6147     = new (Context) CXXPseudoDestructorExpr(Context, Base,
6148                                             OpKind == tok::arrow, OpLoc,
6149                                             SS.getWithLocInContext(Context),
6150                                             ScopeTypeInfo,
6151                                             CCLoc,
6152                                             TildeLoc,
6153                                             Destructed);
6154 
6155   return Result;
6156 }
6157 
6158 ExprResult Sema::ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
6159                                            SourceLocation OpLoc,
6160                                            tok::TokenKind OpKind,
6161                                            CXXScopeSpec &SS,
6162                                            UnqualifiedId &FirstTypeName,
6163                                            SourceLocation CCLoc,
6164                                            SourceLocation TildeLoc,
6165                                            UnqualifiedId &SecondTypeName) {
6166   assert((FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId ||
6167           FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) &&
6168          "Invalid first type name in pseudo-destructor");
6169   assert((SecondTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId ||
6170           SecondTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) &&
6171          "Invalid second type name in pseudo-destructor");
6172 
6173   QualType ObjectType;
6174   if (CheckArrow(*this, ObjectType, Base, OpKind, OpLoc))
6175     return ExprError();
6176 
6177   // Compute the object type that we should use for name lookup purposes. Only
6178   // record types and dependent types matter.
6179   ParsedType ObjectTypePtrForLookup;
6180   if (!SS.isSet()) {
6181     if (ObjectType->isRecordType())
6182       ObjectTypePtrForLookup = ParsedType::make(ObjectType);
6183     else if (ObjectType->isDependentType())
6184       ObjectTypePtrForLookup = ParsedType::make(Context.DependentTy);
6185   }
6186 
6187   // Convert the name of the type being destructed (following the ~) into a
6188   // type (with source-location information).
6189   QualType DestructedType;
6190   TypeSourceInfo *DestructedTypeInfo = nullptr;
6191   PseudoDestructorTypeStorage Destructed;
6192   if (SecondTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) {
6193     ParsedType T = getTypeName(*SecondTypeName.Identifier,
6194                                SecondTypeName.StartLocation,
6195                                S, &SS, true, false, ObjectTypePtrForLookup);
6196     if (!T &&
6197         ((SS.isSet() && !computeDeclContext(SS, false)) ||
6198          (!SS.isSet() && ObjectType->isDependentType()))) {
6199       // The name of the type being destroyed is a dependent name, and we
6200       // couldn't find anything useful in scope. Just store the identifier and
6201       // it's location, and we'll perform (qualified) name lookup again at
6202       // template instantiation time.
6203       Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(SecondTypeName.Identifier,
6204                                                SecondTypeName.StartLocation);
6205     } else if (!T) {
6206       Diag(SecondTypeName.StartLocation,
6207            diag::err_pseudo_dtor_destructor_non_type)
6208         << SecondTypeName.Identifier << ObjectType;
6209       if (isSFINAEContext())
6210         return ExprError();
6211 
6212       // Recover by assuming we had the right type all along.
6213       DestructedType = ObjectType;
6214     } else
6215       DestructedType = GetTypeFromParser(T, &DestructedTypeInfo);
6216   } else {
6217     // Resolve the template-id to a type.
6218     TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = SecondTypeName.TemplateId;
6219     ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
6220                                        TemplateId->NumArgs);
6221     TypeResult T = ActOnTemplateIdType(TemplateId->SS,
6222                                        TemplateId->TemplateKWLoc,
6223                                        TemplateId->Template,
6224                                        TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc,
6225                                        TemplateId->LAngleLoc,
6226                                        TemplateArgsPtr,
6227                                        TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
6228     if (T.isInvalid() || !T.get()) {
6229       // Recover by assuming we had the right type all along.
6230       DestructedType = ObjectType;
6231     } else
6232       DestructedType = GetTypeFromParser(T.get(), &DestructedTypeInfo);
6233   }
6234 
6235   // If we've performed some kind of recovery, (re-)build the type source
6236   // information.
6237   if (!DestructedType.isNull()) {
6238     if (!DestructedTypeInfo)
6239       DestructedTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(DestructedType,
6240                                                   SecondTypeName.StartLocation);
6241     Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(DestructedTypeInfo);
6242   }
6243 
6244   // Convert the name of the scope type (the type prior to '::') into a type.
6245   TypeSourceInfo *ScopeTypeInfo = nullptr;
6246   QualType ScopeType;
6247   if (FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId ||
6248       FirstTypeName.Identifier) {
6249     if (FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) {
6250       ParsedType T = getTypeName(*FirstTypeName.Identifier,
6251                                  FirstTypeName.StartLocation,
6252                                  S, &SS, true, false, ObjectTypePtrForLookup);
6253       if (!T) {
6254         Diag(FirstTypeName.StartLocation,
6255              diag::err_pseudo_dtor_destructor_non_type)
6256           << FirstTypeName.Identifier << ObjectType;
6257 
6258         if (isSFINAEContext())
6259           return ExprError();
6260 
6261         // Just drop this type. It's unnecessary anyway.
6262         ScopeType = QualType();
6263       } else
6264         ScopeType = GetTypeFromParser(T, &ScopeTypeInfo);
6265     } else {
6266       // Resolve the template-id to a type.
6267       TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = FirstTypeName.TemplateId;
6268       ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
6269                                          TemplateId->NumArgs);
6270       TypeResult T = ActOnTemplateIdType(TemplateId->SS,
6271                                          TemplateId->TemplateKWLoc,
6272                                          TemplateId->Template,
6273                                          TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc,
6274                                          TemplateId->LAngleLoc,
6275                                          TemplateArgsPtr,
6276                                          TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
6277       if (T.isInvalid() || !T.get()) {
6278         // Recover by dropping this type.
6279         ScopeType = QualType();
6280       } else
6281         ScopeType = GetTypeFromParser(T.get(), &ScopeTypeInfo);
6282     }
6283   }
6284 
6285   if (!ScopeType.isNull() && !ScopeTypeInfo)
6286     ScopeTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ScopeType,
6287                                                   FirstTypeName.StartLocation);
6288 
6289 
6290   return BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Base, OpLoc, OpKind, SS,
6291                                    ScopeTypeInfo, CCLoc, TildeLoc,
6292                                    Destructed);
6293 }
6294 
6295 ExprResult Sema::ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
6296                                            SourceLocation OpLoc,
6297                                            tok::TokenKind OpKind,
6298                                            SourceLocation TildeLoc,
6299                                            const DeclSpec& DS) {
6300   QualType ObjectType;
6301   if (CheckArrow(*this, ObjectType, Base, OpKind, OpLoc))
6302     return ExprError();
6303 
6304   QualType T = BuildDecltypeType(DS.getRepAsExpr(), DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc(),
6305                                  false);
6306 
6307   TypeLocBuilder TLB;
6308   DecltypeTypeLoc DecltypeTL = TLB.push<DecltypeTypeLoc>(T);
6309   DecltypeTL.setNameLoc(DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc());
6310   TypeSourceInfo *DestructedTypeInfo = TLB.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T);
6311   PseudoDestructorTypeStorage Destructed(DestructedTypeInfo);
6312 
6313   return BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Base, OpLoc, OpKind, CXXScopeSpec(),
6314                                    nullptr, SourceLocation(), TildeLoc,
6315                                    Destructed);
6316 }
6317 
6318 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Expr *E, NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
6319                                         CXXConversionDecl *Method,
6320                                         bool HadMultipleCandidates) {
6321   if (Method->getParent()->isLambda() &&
6322       Method->getConversionType()->isBlockPointerType()) {
6323     // This is a lambda coversion to block pointer; check if the argument
6324     // is a LambdaExpr.
6325     Expr *SubE = E;
6326     CastExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CastExpr>(SubE);
6327     if (CE && CE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp)
6328       SubE = CE->getSubExpr();
6329     SubE = SubE->IgnoreParens();
6330     if (CXXBindTemporaryExpr *BE = dyn_cast<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(SubE))
6331       SubE = BE->getSubExpr();
6332     if (isa<LambdaExpr>(SubE)) {
6333       // For the conversion to block pointer on a lambda expression, we
6334       // construct a special BlockLiteral instead; this doesn't really make
6335       // a difference in ARC, but outside of ARC the resulting block literal
6336       // follows the normal lifetime rules for block literals instead of being
6337       // autoreleased.
6338       DiagnosticErrorTrap Trap(Diags);
6339       PushExpressionEvaluationContext(PotentiallyEvaluated);
6340       ExprResult Exp = BuildBlockForLambdaConversion(E->getExprLoc(),
6341                                                      E->getExprLoc(),
6342                                                      Method, E);
6343       PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
6344 
6345       if (Exp.isInvalid())
6346         Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::note_lambda_to_block_conv);
6347       return Exp;
6348     }
6349   }
6350 
6351   ExprResult Exp = PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(E, /*Qualifier=*/nullptr,
6352                                           FoundDecl, Method);
6353   if (Exp.isInvalid())
6354     return true;
6355 
6356   MemberExpr *ME = new (Context) MemberExpr(
6357       Exp.get(), /*IsArrow=*/false, SourceLocation(), Method, SourceLocation(),
6358       Context.BoundMemberTy, VK_RValue, OK_Ordinary);
6359   if (HadMultipleCandidates)
6360     ME->setHadMultipleCandidates(true);
6361   MarkMemberReferenced(ME);
6362 
6363   QualType ResultType = Method->getReturnType();
6364   ExprValueKind VK = Expr::getValueKindForType(ResultType);
6365   ResultType = ResultType.getNonLValueExprType(Context);
6366 
6367   CXXMemberCallExpr *CE =
6368     new (Context) CXXMemberCallExpr(Context, ME, None, ResultType, VK,
6369                                     Exp.get()->getLocEnd());
6370   return CE;
6371 }
6372 
6373 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, Expr *Operand,
6374                                       SourceLocation RParen) {
6375   // If the operand is an unresolved lookup expression, the expression is ill-
6376   // formed per [over.over]p1, because overloaded function names cannot be used
6377   // without arguments except in explicit contexts.
6378   ExprResult R = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Operand);
6379   if (R.isInvalid())
6380     return R;
6381 
6382   // The operand may have been modified when checking the placeholder type.
6383   Operand = R.get();
6384 
6385   if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() &&
6386       Operand->HasSideEffects(Context, false)) {
6387     // The expression operand for noexcept is in an unevaluated expression
6388     // context, so side effects could result in unintended consequences.
6389     Diag(Operand->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_side_effects_unevaluated_context);
6390   }
6391 
6392   CanThrowResult CanThrow = canThrow(Operand);
6393   return new (Context)
6394       CXXNoexceptExpr(Context.BoolTy, Operand, CanThrow, KeyLoc, RParen);
6395 }
6396 
6397 ExprResult Sema::ActOnNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, SourceLocation,
6398                                    Expr *Operand, SourceLocation RParen) {
6399   return BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(KeyLoc, Operand, RParen);
6400 }
6401 
6402 static bool IsSpecialDiscardedValue(Expr *E) {
6403   // In C++11, discarded-value expressions of a certain form are special,
6404   // according to [expr]p10:
6405   //   The lvalue-to-rvalue conversion (4.1) is applied only if the
6406   //   expression is an lvalue of volatile-qualified type and it has
6407   //   one of the following forms:
6408   E = E->IgnoreParens();
6409 
6410   //   - id-expression (5.1.1),
6411   if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(E))
6412     return true;
6413 
6414   //   - subscripting (5.2.1),
6415   if (isa<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E))
6416     return true;
6417 
6418   //   - class member access (5.2.5),
6419   if (isa<MemberExpr>(E))
6420     return true;
6421 
6422   //   - indirection (5.3.1),
6423   if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E))
6424     if (UO->getOpcode() == UO_Deref)
6425       return true;
6426 
6427   if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
6428     //   - pointer-to-member operation (5.5),
6429     if (BO->isPtrMemOp())
6430       return true;
6431 
6432     //   - comma expression (5.18) where the right operand is one of the above.
6433     if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma)
6434       return IsSpecialDiscardedValue(BO->getRHS());
6435   }
6436 
6437   //   - conditional expression (5.16) where both the second and the third
6438   //     operands are one of the above, or
6439   if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E))
6440     return IsSpecialDiscardedValue(CO->getTrueExpr()) &&
6441            IsSpecialDiscardedValue(CO->getFalseExpr());
6442   // The related edge case of "*x ?: *x".
6443   if (BinaryConditionalOperator *BCO =
6444           dyn_cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(E)) {
6445     if (OpaqueValueExpr *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(BCO->getTrueExpr()))
6446       return IsSpecialDiscardedValue(OVE->getSourceExpr()) &&
6447              IsSpecialDiscardedValue(BCO->getFalseExpr());
6448   }
6449 
6450   // Objective-C++ extensions to the rule.
6451   if (isa<PseudoObjectExpr>(E) || isa<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(E))
6452     return true;
6453 
6454   return false;
6455 }
6456 
6457 /// Perform the conversions required for an expression used in a
6458 /// context that ignores the result.
6459 ExprResult Sema::IgnoredValueConversions(Expr *E) {
6460   if (E->hasPlaceholderType()) {
6461     ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E);
6462     if (result.isInvalid()) return E;
6463     E = result.get();
6464   }
6465 
6466   // C99 6.3.2.1:
6467   //   [Except in specific positions,] an lvalue that does not have
6468   //   array type is converted to the value stored in the
6469   //   designated object (and is no longer an lvalue).
6470   if (E->isRValue()) {
6471     // In C, function designators (i.e. expressions of function type)
6472     // are r-values, but we still want to do function-to-pointer decay
6473     // on them.  This is both technically correct and convenient for
6474     // some clients.
6475     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && E->getType()->isFunctionType())
6476       return DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(E);
6477 
6478     return E;
6479   }
6480 
6481   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)  {
6482     // The C++11 standard defines the notion of a discarded-value expression;
6483     // normally, we don't need to do anything to handle it, but if it is a
6484     // volatile lvalue with a special form, we perform an lvalue-to-rvalue
6485     // conversion.
6486     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && E->isGLValue() &&
6487         E->getType().isVolatileQualified() &&
6488         IsSpecialDiscardedValue(E)) {
6489       ExprResult Res = DefaultLvalueConversion(E);
6490       if (Res.isInvalid())
6491         return E;
6492       E = Res.get();
6493     }
6494     return E;
6495   }
6496 
6497   // GCC seems to also exclude expressions of incomplete enum type.
6498   if (const EnumType *T = E->getType()->getAs<EnumType>()) {
6499     if (!T->getDecl()->isComplete()) {
6500       // FIXME: stupid workaround for a codegen bug!
6501       E = ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.VoidTy, CK_ToVoid).get();
6502       return E;
6503     }
6504   }
6505 
6506   ExprResult Res = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(E);
6507   if (Res.isInvalid())
6508     return E;
6509   E = Res.get();
6510 
6511   if (!E->getType()->isVoidType())
6512     RequireCompleteType(E->getExprLoc(), E->getType(),
6513                         diag::err_incomplete_type);
6514   return E;
6515 }
6516 
6517 // If we can unambiguously determine whether Var can never be used
6518 // in a constant expression, return true.
6519 //  - if the variable and its initializer are non-dependent, then
6520 //    we can unambiguously check if the variable is a constant expression.
6521 //  - if the initializer is not value dependent - we can determine whether
6522 //    it can be used to initialize a constant expression.  If Init can not
6523 //    be used to initialize a constant expression we conclude that Var can
6524 //    never be a constant expression.
6525 //  - FXIME: if the initializer is dependent, we can still do some analysis and
6526 //    identify certain cases unambiguously as non-const by using a Visitor:
6527 //      - such as those that involve odr-use of a ParmVarDecl, involve a new
6528 //        delete, lambda-expr, dynamic-cast, reinterpret-cast etc...
6529 static inline bool VariableCanNeverBeAConstantExpression(VarDecl *Var,
6530     ASTContext &Context) {
6531   if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(Var)) return true;
6532   const VarDecl *DefVD = nullptr;
6533 
6534   // If there is no initializer - this can not be a constant expression.
6535   if (!Var->getAnyInitializer(DefVD)) return true;
6536   assert(DefVD);
6537   if (DefVD->isWeak()) return false;
6538   EvaluatedStmt *Eval = DefVD->ensureEvaluatedStmt();
6539 
6540   Expr *Init = cast<Expr>(Eval->Value);
6541 
6542   if (Var->getType()->isDependentType() || Init->isValueDependent()) {
6543     // FIXME: Teach the constant evaluator to deal with the non-dependent parts
6544     // of value-dependent expressions, and use it here to determine whether the
6545     // initializer is a potential constant expression.
6546     return false;
6547   }
6548 
6549   return !IsVariableAConstantExpression(Var, Context);
6550 }
6551 
6552 /// \brief Check if the current lambda has any potential captures
6553 /// that must be captured by any of its enclosing lambdas that are ready to
6554 /// capture. If there is a lambda that can capture a nested
6555 /// potential-capture, go ahead and do so.  Also, check to see if any
6556 /// variables are uncaptureable or do not involve an odr-use so do not
6557 /// need to be captured.
6558 
6559 static void CheckIfAnyEnclosingLambdasMustCaptureAnyPotentialCaptures(
6560     Expr *const FE, LambdaScopeInfo *const CurrentLSI, Sema &S) {
6561 
6562   assert(!S.isUnevaluatedContext());
6563   assert(S.CurContext->isDependentContext());
6564   assert(CurrentLSI->CallOperator == S.CurContext &&
6565       "The current call operator must be synchronized with Sema's CurContext");
6566 
6567   const bool IsFullExprInstantiationDependent = FE->isInstantiationDependent();
6568 
6569   ArrayRef<const FunctionScopeInfo *> FunctionScopesArrayRef(
6570       S.FunctionScopes.data(), S.FunctionScopes.size());
6571 
6572   // All the potentially captureable variables in the current nested
6573   // lambda (within a generic outer lambda), must be captured by an
6574   // outer lambda that is enclosed within a non-dependent context.
6575   const unsigned NumPotentialCaptures =
6576       CurrentLSI->getNumPotentialVariableCaptures();
6577   for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumPotentialCaptures; ++I) {
6578     Expr *VarExpr = nullptr;
6579     VarDecl *Var = nullptr;
6580     CurrentLSI->getPotentialVariableCapture(I, Var, VarExpr);
6581     // If the variable is clearly identified as non-odr-used and the full
6582     // expression is not instantiation dependent, only then do we not
6583     // need to check enclosing lambda's for speculative captures.
6584     // For e.g.:
6585     // Even though 'x' is not odr-used, it should be captured.
6586     // int test() {
6587     //   const int x = 10;
6588     //   auto L = [=](auto a) {
6589     //     (void) +x + a;
6590     //   };
6591     // }
6592     if (CurrentLSI->isVariableExprMarkedAsNonODRUsed(VarExpr) &&
6593         !IsFullExprInstantiationDependent)
6594       continue;
6595 
6596     // If we have a capture-capable lambda for the variable, go ahead and
6597     // capture the variable in that lambda (and all its enclosing lambdas).
6598     if (const Optional<unsigned> Index =
6599             getStackIndexOfNearestEnclosingCaptureCapableLambda(
6600                 FunctionScopesArrayRef, Var, S)) {
6601       const unsigned FunctionScopeIndexOfCapturableLambda = Index.getValue();
6602       MarkVarDeclODRUsed(Var, VarExpr->getExprLoc(), S,
6603                          &FunctionScopeIndexOfCapturableLambda);
6604     }
6605     const bool IsVarNeverAConstantExpression =
6606         VariableCanNeverBeAConstantExpression(Var, S.Context);
6607     if (!IsFullExprInstantiationDependent || IsVarNeverAConstantExpression) {
6608       // This full expression is not instantiation dependent or the variable
6609       // can not be used in a constant expression - which means
6610       // this variable must be odr-used here, so diagnose a
6611       // capture violation early, if the variable is un-captureable.
6612       // This is purely for diagnosing errors early.  Otherwise, this
6613       // error would get diagnosed when the lambda becomes capture ready.
6614       QualType CaptureType, DeclRefType;
6615       SourceLocation ExprLoc = VarExpr->getExprLoc();
6616       if (S.tryCaptureVariable(Var, ExprLoc, S.TryCapture_Implicit,
6617                           /*EllipsisLoc*/ SourceLocation(),
6618                           /*BuildAndDiagnose*/false, CaptureType,
6619                           DeclRefType, nullptr)) {
6620         // We will never be able to capture this variable, and we need
6621         // to be able to in any and all instantiations, so diagnose it.
6622         S.tryCaptureVariable(Var, ExprLoc, S.TryCapture_Implicit,
6623                           /*EllipsisLoc*/ SourceLocation(),
6624                           /*BuildAndDiagnose*/true, CaptureType,
6625                           DeclRefType, nullptr);
6626       }
6627     }
6628   }
6629 
6630   // Check if 'this' needs to be captured.
6631   if (CurrentLSI->hasPotentialThisCapture()) {
6632     // If we have a capture-capable lambda for 'this', go ahead and capture
6633     // 'this' in that lambda (and all its enclosing lambdas).
6634     if (const Optional<unsigned> Index =
6635             getStackIndexOfNearestEnclosingCaptureCapableLambda(
6636                 FunctionScopesArrayRef, /*0 is 'this'*/ nullptr, S)) {
6637       const unsigned FunctionScopeIndexOfCapturableLambda = Index.getValue();
6638       S.CheckCXXThisCapture(CurrentLSI->PotentialThisCaptureLocation,
6639                             /*Explicit*/ false, /*BuildAndDiagnose*/ true,
6640                             &FunctionScopeIndexOfCapturableLambda);
6641     }
6642   }
6643 
6644   // Reset all the potential captures at the end of each full-expression.
6645   CurrentLSI->clearPotentialCaptures();
6646 }
6647 
6648 static ExprResult attemptRecovery(Sema &SemaRef,
6649                                   const TypoCorrectionConsumer &Consumer,
6650                                   const TypoCorrection &TC) {
6651   LookupResult R(SemaRef, Consumer.getLookupResult().getLookupNameInfo(),
6652                  Consumer.getLookupResult().getLookupKind());
6653   const CXXScopeSpec *SS = Consumer.getSS();
6654   CXXScopeSpec NewSS;
6655 
6656   // Use an approprate CXXScopeSpec for building the expr.
6657   if (auto *NNS = TC.getCorrectionSpecifier())
6658     NewSS.MakeTrivial(SemaRef.Context, NNS, TC.getCorrectionRange());
6659   else if (SS && !TC.WillReplaceSpecifier())
6660     NewSS = *SS;
6661 
6662   if (auto *ND = TC.getFoundDecl()) {
6663     R.setLookupName(ND->getDeclName());
6664     R.addDecl(ND);
6665     if (ND->isCXXClassMember()) {
6666       // Figure out the correct naming class to add to the LookupResult.
6667       CXXRecordDecl *Record = nullptr;
6668       if (auto *NNS = TC.getCorrectionSpecifier())
6669         Record = NNS->getAsType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
6670       if (!Record)
6671         Record =
6672             dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext());
6673       if (Record)
6674         R.setNamingClass(Record);
6675 
6676       // Detect and handle the case where the decl might be an implicit
6677       // member.
6678       bool MightBeImplicitMember;
6679       if (!Consumer.isAddressOfOperand())
6680         MightBeImplicitMember = true;
6681       else if (!NewSS.isEmpty())
6682         MightBeImplicitMember = false;
6683       else if (R.isOverloadedResult())
6684         MightBeImplicitMember = false;
6685       else if (R.isUnresolvableResult())
6686         MightBeImplicitMember = true;
6687       else
6688         MightBeImplicitMember = isa<FieldDecl>(ND) ||
6689                                 isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(ND) ||
6690                                 isa<MSPropertyDecl>(ND);
6691 
6692       if (MightBeImplicitMember)
6693         return SemaRef.BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(
6694             NewSS, /*TemplateKWLoc*/ SourceLocation(), R,
6695             /*TemplateArgs*/ nullptr, /*S*/ nullptr);
6696     } else if (auto *Ivar = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ND)) {
6697       return SemaRef.LookupInObjCMethod(R, Consumer.getScope(),
6698                                         Ivar->getIdentifier());
6699     }
6700   }
6701 
6702   return SemaRef.BuildDeclarationNameExpr(NewSS, R, /*NeedsADL*/ false,
6703                                           /*AcceptInvalidDecl*/ true);
6704 }
6705 
6706 namespace {
6707 class FindTypoExprs : public RecursiveASTVisitor<FindTypoExprs> {
6708   llvm::SmallSetVector<TypoExpr *, 2> &TypoExprs;
6709 
6710 public:
6711   explicit FindTypoExprs(llvm::SmallSetVector<TypoExpr *, 2> &TypoExprs)
6712       : TypoExprs(TypoExprs) {}
6713   bool VisitTypoExpr(TypoExpr *TE) {
6714     TypoExprs.insert(TE);
6715     return true;
6716   }
6717 };
6718 
6719 class TransformTypos : public TreeTransform<TransformTypos> {
6720   typedef TreeTransform<TransformTypos> BaseTransform;
6721 
6722   VarDecl *InitDecl; // A decl to avoid as a correction because it is in the
6723                      // process of being initialized.
6724   llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> ExprFilter;
6725   llvm::SmallSetVector<TypoExpr *, 2> TypoExprs, AmbiguousTypoExprs;
6726   llvm::SmallDenseMap<TypoExpr *, ExprResult, 2> TransformCache;
6727   llvm::SmallDenseMap<OverloadExpr *, Expr *, 4> OverloadResolution;
6728 
6729   /// \brief Emit diagnostics for all of the TypoExprs encountered.
6730   /// If the TypoExprs were successfully corrected, then the diagnostics should
6731   /// suggest the corrections. Otherwise the diagnostics will not suggest
6732   /// anything (having been passed an empty TypoCorrection).
6733   void EmitAllDiagnostics() {
6734     for (auto E : TypoExprs) {
6735       TypoExpr *TE = cast<TypoExpr>(E);
6736       auto &State = SemaRef.getTypoExprState(TE);
6737       if (State.DiagHandler) {
6738         TypoCorrection TC = State.Consumer->getCurrentCorrection();
6739         ExprResult Replacement = TransformCache[TE];
6740 
6741         // Extract the NamedDecl from the transformed TypoExpr and add it to the
6742         // TypoCorrection, replacing the existing decls. This ensures the right
6743         // NamedDecl is used in diagnostics e.g. in the case where overload
6744         // resolution was used to select one from several possible decls that
6745         // had been stored in the TypoCorrection.
6746         if (auto *ND = getDeclFromExpr(
6747                 Replacement.isInvalid() ? nullptr : Replacement.get()))
6748           TC.setCorrectionDecl(ND);
6749 
6750         State.DiagHandler(TC);
6751       }
6752       SemaRef.clearDelayedTypo(TE);
6753     }
6754   }
6755 
6756   /// \brief If corrections for the first TypoExpr have been exhausted for a
6757   /// given combination of the other TypoExprs, retry those corrections against
6758   /// the next combination of substitutions for the other TypoExprs by advancing
6759   /// to the next potential correction of the second TypoExpr. For the second
6760   /// and subsequent TypoExprs, if its stream of corrections has been exhausted,
6761   /// the stream is reset and the next TypoExpr's stream is advanced by one (a
6762   /// TypoExpr's correction stream is advanced by removing the TypoExpr from the
6763   /// TransformCache). Returns true if there is still any untried combinations
6764   /// of corrections.
6765   bool CheckAndAdvanceTypoExprCorrectionStreams() {
6766     for (auto TE : TypoExprs) {
6767       auto &State = SemaRef.getTypoExprState(TE);
6768       TransformCache.erase(TE);
6769       if (!State.Consumer->finished())
6770         return true;
6771       State.Consumer->resetCorrectionStream();
6772     }
6773     return false;
6774   }
6775 
6776   NamedDecl *getDeclFromExpr(Expr *E) {
6777     if (auto *OE = dyn_cast_or_null<OverloadExpr>(E))
6778       E = OverloadResolution[OE];
6779 
6780     if (!E)
6781       return nullptr;
6782     if (auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E))
6783       return DRE->getFoundDecl();
6784     if (auto *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E))
6785       return ME->getFoundDecl();
6786     // FIXME: Add any other expr types that could be be seen by the delayed typo
6787     // correction TreeTransform for which the corresponding TypoCorrection could
6788     // contain multiple decls.
6789     return nullptr;
6790   }
6791 
6792   ExprResult TryTransform(Expr *E) {
6793     Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef);
6794     ExprResult Res = TransformExpr(E);
6795     if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred() || Res.isInvalid())
6796       return ExprError();
6797 
6798     return ExprFilter(Res.get());
6799   }
6800 
6801 public:
6802   TransformTypos(Sema &SemaRef, VarDecl *InitDecl, llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter)
6803       : BaseTransform(SemaRef), InitDecl(InitDecl), ExprFilter(Filter) {}
6804 
6805   ExprResult RebuildCallExpr(Expr *Callee, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
6806                                    MultiExprArg Args,
6807                                    SourceLocation RParenLoc,
6808                                    Expr *ExecConfig = nullptr) {
6809     auto Result = BaseTransform::RebuildCallExpr(Callee, LParenLoc, Args,
6810                                                  RParenLoc, ExecConfig);
6811     if (auto *OE = dyn_cast<OverloadExpr>(Callee)) {
6812       if (Result.isUsable()) {
6813         Expr *ResultCall = Result.get();
6814         if (auto *BE = dyn_cast<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(ResultCall))
6815           ResultCall = BE->getSubExpr();
6816         if (auto *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(ResultCall))
6817           OverloadResolution[OE] = CE->getCallee();
6818       }
6819     }
6820     return Result;
6821   }
6822 
6823   ExprResult TransformLambdaExpr(LambdaExpr *E) { return Owned(E); }
6824 
6825   ExprResult TransformBlockExpr(BlockExpr *E) { return Owned(E); }
6826 
6827   ExprResult TransformObjCPropertyRefExpr(ObjCPropertyRefExpr *E) {
6828     return Owned(E);
6829   }
6830 
6831   ExprResult TransformObjCIvarRefExpr(ObjCIvarRefExpr *E) {
6832     return Owned(E);
6833   }
6834 
6835   ExprResult Transform(Expr *E) {
6836     ExprResult Res;
6837     while (true) {
6838       Res = TryTransform(E);
6839 
6840       // Exit if either the transform was valid or if there were no TypoExprs
6841       // to transform that still have any untried correction candidates..
6842       if (!Res.isInvalid() ||
6843           !CheckAndAdvanceTypoExprCorrectionStreams())
6844         break;
6845     }
6846 
6847     // Ensure none of the TypoExprs have multiple typo correction candidates
6848     // with the same edit length that pass all the checks and filters.
6849     // TODO: Properly handle various permutations of possible corrections when
6850     // there is more than one potentially ambiguous typo correction.
6851     // Also, disable typo correction while attempting the transform when
6852     // handling potentially ambiguous typo corrections as any new TypoExprs will
6853     // have been introduced by the application of one of the correction
6854     // candidates and add little to no value if corrected.
6855     SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection = true;
6856     while (!AmbiguousTypoExprs.empty()) {
6857       auto TE  = AmbiguousTypoExprs.back();
6858       auto Cached = TransformCache[TE];
6859       auto &State = SemaRef.getTypoExprState(TE);
6860       State.Consumer->saveCurrentPosition();
6861       TransformCache.erase(TE);
6862       if (!TryTransform(E).isInvalid()) {
6863         State.Consumer->resetCorrectionStream();
6864         TransformCache.erase(TE);
6865         Res = ExprError();
6866         break;
6867       }
6868       AmbiguousTypoExprs.remove(TE);
6869       State.Consumer->restoreSavedPosition();
6870       TransformCache[TE] = Cached;
6871     }
6872     SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection = false;
6873 
6874     // Ensure that all of the TypoExprs within the current Expr have been found.
6875     if (!Res.isUsable())
6876       FindTypoExprs(TypoExprs).TraverseStmt(E);
6877 
6878     EmitAllDiagnostics();
6879 
6880     return Res;
6881   }
6882 
6883   ExprResult TransformTypoExpr(TypoExpr *E) {
6884     // If the TypoExpr hasn't been seen before, record it. Otherwise, return the
6885     // cached transformation result if there is one and the TypoExpr isn't the
6886     // first one that was encountered.
6887     auto &CacheEntry = TransformCache[E];
6888     if (!TypoExprs.insert(E) && !CacheEntry.isUnset()) {
6889       return CacheEntry;
6890     }
6891 
6892     auto &State = SemaRef.getTypoExprState(E);
6893     assert(State.Consumer && "Cannot transform a cleared TypoExpr");
6894 
6895     // For the first TypoExpr and an uncached TypoExpr, find the next likely
6896     // typo correction and return it.
6897     while (TypoCorrection TC = State.Consumer->getNextCorrection()) {
6898       if (InitDecl && TC.getFoundDecl() == InitDecl)
6899         continue;
6900       ExprResult NE = State.RecoveryHandler ?
6901           State.RecoveryHandler(SemaRef, E, TC) :
6902           attemptRecovery(SemaRef, *State.Consumer, TC);
6903       if (!NE.isInvalid()) {
6904         // Check whether there may be a second viable correction with the same
6905         // edit distance; if so, remember this TypoExpr may have an ambiguous
6906         // correction so it can be more thoroughly vetted later.
6907         TypoCorrection Next;
6908         if ((Next = State.Consumer->peekNextCorrection()) &&
6909             Next.getEditDistance(false) == TC.getEditDistance(false)) {
6910           AmbiguousTypoExprs.insert(E);
6911         } else {
6912           AmbiguousTypoExprs.remove(E);
6913         }
6914         assert(!NE.isUnset() &&
6915                "Typo was transformed into a valid-but-null ExprResult");
6916         return CacheEntry = NE;
6917       }
6918     }
6919     return CacheEntry = ExprError();
6920   }
6921 };
6922 }
6923 
6924 ExprResult
6925 Sema::CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Expr *E, VarDecl *InitDecl,
6926                                 llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter) {
6927   // If the current evaluation context indicates there are uncorrected typos
6928   // and the current expression isn't guaranteed to not have typos, try to
6929   // resolve any TypoExpr nodes that might be in the expression.
6930   if (E && !ExprEvalContexts.empty() && ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos &&
6931       (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent() ||
6932        E->isInstantiationDependent())) {
6933     auto TyposInContext = ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos;
6934     assert(TyposInContext < ~0U && "Recursive call of CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr");
6935     ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos = ~0U;
6936     auto TyposResolved = DelayedTypos.size();
6937     auto Result = TransformTypos(*this, InitDecl, Filter).Transform(E);
6938     ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos = TyposInContext;
6939     TyposResolved -= DelayedTypos.size();
6940     if (Result.isInvalid() || Result.get() != E) {
6941       ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos -= TyposResolved;
6942       return Result;
6943     }
6944     assert(TyposResolved == 0 && "Corrected typo but got same Expr back?");
6945   }
6946   return E;
6947 }
6948 
6949 ExprResult Sema::ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *FE, SourceLocation CC,
6950                                      bool DiscardedValue,
6951                                      bool IsConstexpr,
6952                                      bool IsLambdaInitCaptureInitializer) {
6953   ExprResult FullExpr = FE;
6954 
6955   if (!FullExpr.get())
6956     return ExprError();
6957 
6958   // If we are an init-expression in a lambdas init-capture, we should not
6959   // diagnose an unexpanded pack now (will be diagnosed once lambda-expr
6960   // containing full-expression is done).
6961   // template<class ... Ts> void test(Ts ... t) {
6962   //   test([&a(t)]() { <-- (t) is an init-expr that shouldn't be diagnosed now.
6963   //     return a;
6964   //   }() ...);
6965   // }
6966   // FIXME: This is a hack. It would be better if we pushed the lambda scope
6967   // when we parse the lambda introducer, and teach capturing (but not
6968   // unexpanded pack detection) to walk over LambdaScopeInfos which don't have a
6969   // corresponding class yet (that is, have LambdaScopeInfo either represent a
6970   // lambda where we've entered the introducer but not the body, or represent a
6971   // lambda where we've entered the body, depending on where the
6972   // parser/instantiation has got to).
6973   if (!IsLambdaInitCaptureInitializer &&
6974       DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(FullExpr.get()))
6975     return ExprError();
6976 
6977   // Top-level expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger.
6978   if (DiscardedValue && getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId &&
6979       FullExpr.get()->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
6980     FullExpr = forceUnknownAnyToType(FullExpr.get(), Context.getObjCIdType());
6981     if (FullExpr.isInvalid())
6982       return ExprError();
6983   }
6984 
6985   if (DiscardedValue) {
6986     FullExpr = CheckPlaceholderExpr(FullExpr.get());
6987     if (FullExpr.isInvalid())
6988       return ExprError();
6989 
6990     FullExpr = IgnoredValueConversions(FullExpr.get());
6991     if (FullExpr.isInvalid())
6992       return ExprError();
6993   }
6994 
6995   FullExpr = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(FullExpr.get());
6996   if (FullExpr.isInvalid())
6997     return ExprError();
6998 
6999   CheckCompletedExpr(FullExpr.get(), CC, IsConstexpr);
7000 
7001   // At the end of this full expression (which could be a deeply nested
7002   // lambda), if there is a potential capture within the nested lambda,
7003   // have the outer capture-able lambda try and capture it.
7004   // Consider the following code:
7005   // void f(int, int);
7006   // void f(const int&, double);
7007   // void foo() {
7008   //  const int x = 10, y = 20;
7009   //  auto L = [=](auto a) {
7010   //      auto M = [=](auto b) {
7011   //         f(x, b); <-- requires x to be captured by L and M
7012   //         f(y, a); <-- requires y to be captured by L, but not all Ms
7013   //      };
7014   //   };
7015   // }
7016 
7017   // FIXME: Also consider what happens for something like this that involves
7018   // the gnu-extension statement-expressions or even lambda-init-captures:
7019   //   void f() {
7020   //     const int n = 0;
7021   //     auto L =  [&](auto a) {
7022   //       +n + ({ 0; a; });
7023   //     };
7024   //   }
7025   //
7026   // Here, we see +n, and then the full-expression 0; ends, so we don't
7027   // capture n (and instead remove it from our list of potential captures),
7028   // and then the full-expression +n + ({ 0; }); ends, but it's too late
7029   // for us to see that we need to capture n after all.
7030 
7031   LambdaScopeInfo *const CurrentLSI = getCurLambda();
7032   // FIXME: PR 17877 showed that getCurLambda() can return a valid pointer
7033   // even if CurContext is not a lambda call operator. Refer to that Bug Report
7034   // for an example of the code that might cause this asynchrony.
7035   // By ensuring we are in the context of a lambda's call operator
7036   // we can fix the bug (we only need to check whether we need to capture
7037   // if we are within a lambda's body); but per the comments in that
7038   // PR, a proper fix would entail :
7039   //   "Alternative suggestion:
7040   //   - Add to Sema an integer holding the smallest (outermost) scope
7041   //     index that we are *lexically* within, and save/restore/set to
7042   //     FunctionScopes.size() in InstantiatingTemplate's
7043   //     constructor/destructor.
7044   //  - Teach the handful of places that iterate over FunctionScopes to
7045   //    stop at the outermost enclosing lexical scope."
7046   const bool IsInLambdaDeclContext = isLambdaCallOperator(CurContext);
7047   if (IsInLambdaDeclContext && CurrentLSI &&
7048       CurrentLSI->hasPotentialCaptures() && !FullExpr.isInvalid())
7049     CheckIfAnyEnclosingLambdasMustCaptureAnyPotentialCaptures(FE, CurrentLSI,
7050                                                               *this);
7051   return MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(FullExpr);
7052 }
7053 
7054 StmtResult Sema::ActOnFinishFullStmt(Stmt *FullStmt) {
7055   if (!FullStmt) return StmtError();
7056 
7057   return MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(FullStmt);
7058 }
7059 
7060 Sema::IfExistsResult
7061 Sema::CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S,
7062                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS,
7063                                    const DeclarationNameInfo &TargetNameInfo) {
7064   DeclarationName TargetName = TargetNameInfo.getName();
7065   if (!TargetName)
7066     return IER_DoesNotExist;
7067 
7068   // If the name itself is dependent, then the result is dependent.
7069   if (TargetName.isDependentName())
7070     return IER_Dependent;
7071 
7072   // Do the redeclaration lookup in the current scope.
7073   LookupResult R(*this, TargetNameInfo, Sema::LookupAnyName,
7074                  Sema::NotForRedeclaration);
7075   LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS);
7076   R.suppressDiagnostics();
7077 
7078   switch (R.getResultKind()) {
7079   case LookupResult::Found:
7080   case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
7081   case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
7082   case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
7083     return IER_Exists;
7084 
7085   case LookupResult::NotFound:
7086     return IER_DoesNotExist;
7087 
7088   case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
7089     return IER_Dependent;
7090   }
7091 
7092   llvm_unreachable("Invalid LookupResult Kind!");
7093 }
7094 
7095 Sema::IfExistsResult
7096 Sema::CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
7097                                    bool IsIfExists, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
7098                                    UnqualifiedId &Name) {
7099   DeclarationNameInfo TargetNameInfo = GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(Name);
7100 
7101   // Check for unexpanded parameter packs.
7102   SmallVector<UnexpandedParameterPack, 4> Unexpanded;
7103   collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(SS, Unexpanded);
7104   collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TargetNameInfo, Unexpanded);
7105   if (!Unexpanded.empty()) {
7106     DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPacks(KeywordLoc,
7107                                      IsIfExists? UPPC_IfExists
7108                                                : UPPC_IfNotExists,
7109                                      Unexpanded);
7110     return IER_Error;
7111   }
7112 
7113   return CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(S, SS, TargetNameInfo);
7114 }
7115